xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/varasm.c (revision 82d56013d7b633d116a93943de88e08335357a7c)
1 /* Output variables, constants and external declarations, for GNU compiler.
2    Copyright (C) 1987-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4 This file is part of GCC.
5 
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
7 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
8 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
9 version.
10 
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
12 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
14 for more details.
15 
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
19 
20 
21 /* This file handles generation of all the assembler code
22    *except* the instructions of a function.
23    This includes declarations of variables and their initial values.
24 
25    We also output the assembler code for constants stored in memory
26    and are responsible for combining constants with the same value.  */
27 
28 #include "config.h"
29 #include "system.h"
30 #include "coretypes.h"
31 #include "backend.h"
32 #include "target.h"
33 #include "rtl.h"
34 #include "tree.h"
35 #include "predict.h"
36 #include "memmodel.h"
37 #include "tm_p.h"
38 #include "stringpool.h"
39 #include "regs.h"
40 #include "emit-rtl.h"
41 #include "cgraph.h"
42 #include "diagnostic-core.h"
43 #include "fold-const.h"
44 #include "stor-layout.h"
45 #include "varasm.h"
46 #include "flags.h"
47 #include "stmt.h"
48 #include "expr.h"
49 #include "expmed.h"
50 #include "output.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include "debug.h"
53 #include "common/common-target.h"
54 #include "stringpool.h"
55 #include "attribs.h"
56 #include "asan.h"
57 #include "rtl-iter.h"
58 #include "file-prefix-map.h" /* remap_debug_filename()  */
59 
60 #ifdef XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
61 #include "xcoffout.h"		/* Needed for external data declarations.  */
62 #endif
63 
64 /* The (assembler) name of the first globally-visible object output.  */
65 extern GTY(()) const char *first_global_object_name;
66 extern GTY(()) const char *weak_global_object_name;
67 
68 const char *first_global_object_name;
69 const char *weak_global_object_name;
70 
71 struct addr_const;
72 struct constant_descriptor_rtx;
73 struct rtx_constant_pool;
74 
75 #define n_deferred_constants (crtl->varasm.deferred_constants)
76 
77 /* Number for making the label on the next
78    constant that is stored in memory.  */
79 
80 static GTY(()) int const_labelno;
81 
82 /* Carry information from ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
83    to ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT.  */
84 
85 int size_directive_output;
86 
87 /* The last decl for which assemble_variable was called,
88    if it did ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.
89    If the last call to assemble_variable didn't do that,
90    this holds 0.  */
91 
92 tree last_assemble_variable_decl;
93 
94 /* The following global variable indicates if the first basic block
95    in a function belongs to the cold partition or not.  */
96 
97 bool first_function_block_is_cold;
98 
99 /* Whether we saw any functions with no_split_stack.  */
100 
101 static bool saw_no_split_stack;
102 
103 static const char *strip_reg_name (const char *);
104 static int contains_pointers_p (tree);
105 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
106 static bool incorporeal_function_p (tree);
107 #endif
108 static void decode_addr_const (tree, struct addr_const *);
109 static hashval_t const_hash_1 (const tree);
110 static int compare_constant (const tree, const tree);
111 static void output_constant_def_contents (rtx);
112 static void output_addressed_constants (tree);
113 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT output_constant (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
114 					       unsigned int, bool, bool);
115 static void globalize_decl (tree);
116 static bool decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category);
117 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
118 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
119 static void asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *, tree, const char *,
120 				    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int)
121      ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
122 #endif
123 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
124 static void mark_weak (tree);
125 static void output_constant_pool (const char *, tree);
126 static void handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *, const_tree);
127 
128 /* Well-known sections, each one associated with some sort of *_ASM_OP.  */
129 section *text_section;
130 section *data_section;
131 section *readonly_data_section;
132 section *sdata_section;
133 section *ctors_section;
134 section *dtors_section;
135 section *bss_section;
136 section *sbss_section;
137 
138 /* Various forms of common section.  All are guaranteed to be nonnull.  */
139 section *tls_comm_section;
140 section *comm_section;
141 section *lcomm_section;
142 
143 /* A SECTION_NOSWITCH section used for declaring global BSS variables.
144    May be null.  */
145 section *bss_noswitch_section;
146 
147 /* The section that holds the main exception table, when known.  The section
148    is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the first call to
149    switch_to_exception_section.  */
150 section *exception_section;
151 
152 /* The section that holds the DWARF2 frame unwind information, when known.
153    The section is set either by the target's init_sections hook or by the
154    first call to switch_to_eh_frame_section.  */
155 section *eh_frame_section;
156 
157 /* asm_out_file's current section.  This is NULL if no section has yet
158    been selected or if we lose track of what the current section is.  */
159 section *in_section;
160 
161 /* True if code for the current function is currently being directed
162    at the cold section.  */
163 bool in_cold_section_p;
164 
165 /* The following global holds the "function name" for the code in the
166    cold section of a function, if hot/cold function splitting is enabled
167    and there was actually code that went into the cold section.  A
168    pseudo function name is needed for the cold section of code for some
169    debugging tools that perform symbolization. */
170 tree cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
171 
172 /* A linked list of all the unnamed sections.  */
173 static GTY(()) section *unnamed_sections;
174 
175 /* Return a nonzero value if DECL has a section attribute.  */
176 #define IN_NAMED_SECTION(DECL) \
177   (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (DECL) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL) != NULL)
178 
179 struct section_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<section>
180 {
181   typedef const char *compare_type;
182 
183   static hashval_t hash (section *);
184   static bool equal (section *, const char *);
185 };
186 
187 /* Hash table of named sections.  */
188 static GTY(()) hash_table<section_hasher> *section_htab;
189 
190 struct object_block_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<object_block>
191 {
192   typedef const section *compare_type;
193 
194   static hashval_t hash (object_block *);
195   static bool equal (object_block *, const section *);
196 };
197 
198 /* A table of object_blocks, indexed by section.  */
199 static GTY(()) hash_table<object_block_hasher> *object_block_htab;
200 
201 /* The next number to use for internal anchor labels.  */
202 static GTY(()) int anchor_labelno;
203 
204 /* A pool of constants that can be shared between functions.  */
205 static GTY(()) struct rtx_constant_pool *shared_constant_pool;
206 
207 /* Helper routines for maintaining section_htab.  */
208 
209 bool
210 section_hasher::equal (section *old, const char *new_name)
211 {
212   return strcmp (old->named.name, new_name) == 0;
213 }
214 
215 hashval_t
216 section_hasher::hash (section *old)
217 {
218   return htab_hash_string (old->named.name);
219 }
220 
221 /* Return a hash value for section SECT.  */
222 
223 static hashval_t
224 hash_section (section *sect)
225 {
226   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
227     return htab_hash_string (sect->named.name);
228   return sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED;
229 }
230 
231 /* Helper routines for maintaining object_block_htab.  */
232 
233 inline bool
234 object_block_hasher::equal (object_block *old, const section *new_section)
235 {
236   return old->sect == new_section;
237 }
238 
239 hashval_t
240 object_block_hasher::hash (object_block *old)
241 {
242   return hash_section (old->sect);
243 }
244 
245 /* Return a new unnamed section with the given fields.  */
246 
247 section *
248 get_unnamed_section (unsigned int flags, void (*callback) (const void *),
249 		     const void *data)
250 {
251   section *sect;
252 
253   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
254   sect->unnamed.common.flags = flags | SECTION_UNNAMED;
255   sect->unnamed.callback = callback;
256   sect->unnamed.data = data;
257   sect->unnamed.next = unnamed_sections;
258 
259   unnamed_sections = sect;
260   return sect;
261 }
262 
263 /* Return a SECTION_NOSWITCH section with the given fields.  */
264 
265 static section *
266 get_noswitch_section (unsigned int flags, noswitch_section_callback callback)
267 {
268   section *sect;
269 
270   sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
271   sect->noswitch.common.flags = flags | SECTION_NOSWITCH;
272   sect->noswitch.callback = callback;
273 
274   return sect;
275 }
276 
277 /* Return the named section structure associated with NAME.  Create
278    a new section with the given fields if no such structure exists.  */
279 
280 section *
281 get_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl)
282 {
283   section *sect, **slot;
284 
285   slot = section_htab->find_slot_with_hash (name, htab_hash_string (name),
286 					    INSERT);
287   flags |= SECTION_NAMED;
288   if (*slot == NULL)
289     {
290       sect = ggc_alloc<section> ();
291       sect->named.common.flags = flags;
292       sect->named.name = ggc_strdup (name);
293       sect->named.decl = decl;
294       *slot = sect;
295     }
296   else
297     {
298       sect = *slot;
299       /* It is fine if one of the sections has SECTION_NOTYPE as long as
300          the other has none of the contrary flags (see the logic at the end
301          of default_section_type_flags, below).  */
302       if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & SECTION_NOTYPE)
303           && !((sect->common.flags | flags)
304                & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE
305                   | (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP ? SECTION_LINKONCE : 0))))
306         {
307           sect->common.flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
308           flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
309         }
310       if ((sect->common.flags & ~SECTION_DECLARED) != flags
311 	  && ((sect->common.flags | flags) & SECTION_OVERRIDE) == 0)
312 	{
313 	  /* It is fine if one of the section flags is
314 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO and the other has none of these
315 	     flags (i.e. read-only) in named sections and either the
316 	     section hasn't been declared yet or has been declared as writable.
317 	     In that case just make sure the resulting flags are
318 	     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO, ie. writable only because of
319 	     relocations.  */
320 	  if (((sect->common.flags ^ flags) & (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
321 	      == (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO)
322 	      && (sect->common.flags
323 		  & ~(SECTION_DECLARED | SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
324 		 == (flags & ~(SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO))
325 	      && ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_DECLARED) == 0
326 		  || (sect->common.flags & SECTION_WRITE)))
327 	    {
328 	      sect->common.flags |= (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO);
329 	      return sect;
330 	    }
331 	  /* Sanity check user variables for flag changes.  */
332 	  if (sect->named.decl != NULL
333 	      && DECL_P (sect->named.decl)
334 	      && decl != sect->named.decl)
335 	    {
336 	      if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
337 		error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict with %qD",
338 		       decl, sect->named.decl);
339 	      else
340 		error ("section type conflict with %qD", sect->named.decl);
341 	      inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (sect->named.decl),
342 		      "%qD was declared here", sect->named.decl);
343 	    }
344 	  else if (decl != NULL && DECL_P (decl))
345 	    error ("%+qD causes a section type conflict", decl);
346 	  else
347 	    error ("section type conflict");
348 	  /* Make sure we don't error about one section multiple times.  */
349 	  sect->common.flags |= SECTION_OVERRIDE;
350 	}
351     }
352   return sect;
353 }
354 
355 /* Return true if the current compilation mode benefits from having
356    objects grouped into blocks.  */
357 
358 static bool
359 use_object_blocks_p (void)
360 {
361   return flag_section_anchors;
362 }
363 
364 /* Return the object_block structure for section SECT.  Create a new
365    structure if we haven't created one already.  Return null if SECT
366    itself is null.  Return also null for mergeable sections since
367    section anchors can't be used in mergeable sections anyway,
368    because the linker might move objects around, and using the
369    object blocks infrastructure in that case is both a waste and a
370    maintenance burden.  */
371 
372 static struct object_block *
373 get_block_for_section (section *sect)
374 {
375   struct object_block *block;
376 
377   if (sect == NULL)
378     return NULL;
379 
380   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
381     return NULL;
382 
383   object_block **slot
384     = object_block_htab->find_slot_with_hash (sect, hash_section (sect),
385 					      INSERT);
386   block = *slot;
387   if (block == NULL)
388     {
389       block = ggc_cleared_alloc<object_block> ();
390       block->sect = sect;
391       *slot = block;
392     }
393   return block;
394 }
395 
396 /* Create a symbol with label LABEL and place it at byte offset
397    OFFSET in BLOCK.  OFFSET can be negative if the symbol's offset
398    is not yet known.  LABEL must be a garbage-collected string.  */
399 
400 static rtx
401 create_block_symbol (const char *label, struct object_block *block,
402 		     HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
403 {
404   rtx symbol;
405   unsigned int size;
406 
407   /* Create the extended SYMBOL_REF.  */
408   size = RTX_HDR_SIZE + sizeof (struct block_symbol);
409   symbol = (rtx) ggc_internal_alloc (size);
410 
411   /* Initialize the normal SYMBOL_REF fields.  */
412   memset (symbol, 0, size);
413   PUT_CODE (symbol, SYMBOL_REF);
414   PUT_MODE (symbol, Pmode);
415   XSTR (symbol, 0) = label;
416   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
417 
418   /* Initialize the block_symbol stuff.  */
419   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
420   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
421 
422   return symbol;
423 }
424 
425 /* Return a section with a particular name and with whatever SECTION_*
426    flags section_type_flags deems appropriate.  The name of the section
427    is taken from NAME if nonnull, otherwise it is taken from DECL's
428    DECL_SECTION_NAME.  DECL is the decl associated with the section
429    (see the section comment for details) and RELOC is as for
430    section_type_flags.  */
431 
432 section *
433 get_named_section (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
434 {
435   unsigned int flags;
436 
437   if (name == NULL)
438     {
439       gcc_assert (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
440       name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
441     }
442 
443   flags = targetm.section_type_flags (decl, name, reloc);
444   return get_section (name, flags, decl);
445 }
446 
447 /* Worker for resolve_unique_section.  */
448 
449 static bool
450 set_implicit_section (struct symtab_node *n, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
451 {
452   n->implicit_section = true;
453   return false;
454 }
455 
456 /* If required, set DECL_SECTION_NAME to a unique name.  */
457 
458 void
459 resolve_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
460 			int flag_function_or_data_sections)
461 {
462   if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
463       && targetm_common.have_named_sections
464       && (flag_function_or_data_sections
465 	  || DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)))
466     {
467       targetm.asm_out.unique_section (decl, reloc);
468       if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
469 	symtab_node::get (decl)->call_for_symbol_and_aliases
470 	  (set_implicit_section, NULL, true);
471     }
472 }
473 
474 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
475 
476 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
477 
478 /* Utility function for targets to use in implementing
479    ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.
480    ??? It is believed that this function will work in most cases so such
481    support is localized here.  */
482 
483 static void
484 asm_output_aligned_bss (FILE *file, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
485 			const char *name, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size,
486 			int align)
487 {
488   switch_to_section (bss_section);
489   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
490 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
491   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
492   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (file, name, decl);
493 #else
494   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
495   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
496 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
497   ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (file, size ? size : 1);
498 }
499 
500 #endif
501 
502 #endif /* BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP */
503 
504 #ifndef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
505 /* Return the hot section for function DECL.  Return text_section for
506    null DECLs.  */
507 
508 static section *
509 hot_function_section (tree decl)
510 {
511   if (decl != NULL_TREE
512       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
513       && targetm_common.have_named_sections)
514     return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
515   else
516     return text_section;
517 }
518 #endif
519 
520 /* Return section for TEXT_SECTION_NAME if DECL or DECL_SECTION_NAME (DECL)
521    is NULL.
522 
523    When DECL_SECTION_NAME is non-NULL and it is implicit section and
524    NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX is non-NULL, then produce section called
525    concatenate the name with NAMED_SECTION_SUFFIX.
526    Otherwise produce "TEXT_SECTION_NAME.IMPLICIT_NAME".  */
527 
528 section *
529 get_named_text_section (tree decl,
530 		        const char *text_section_name,
531 		        const char *named_section_suffix)
532 {
533   if (decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
534     {
535       if (named_section_suffix)
536 	{
537 	  const char *dsn = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
538 	  const char *stripped_name;
539 	  char *name, *buffer;
540 
541 	  name = (char *) alloca (strlen (dsn) + 1);
542 	  memcpy (name, dsn,
543 		  strlen (dsn) + 1);
544 
545 	  stripped_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
546 
547 	  buffer = ACONCAT ((stripped_name, named_section_suffix, NULL));
548 	  return get_named_section (decl, buffer, 0);
549 	}
550       else if (symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
551 	{
552 	  const char *name;
553 
554 	  /* Do not try to split gnu_linkonce functions.  This gets somewhat
555 	     slipperly.  */
556 	  if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
557 	    return NULL;
558 	  name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
559 	  name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
560 	  return get_named_section (decl, ACONCAT ((text_section_name, ".",
561 				                   name, NULL)), 0);
562 	}
563       else
564 	return NULL;
565     }
566   return get_named_section (decl, text_section_name, 0);
567 }
568 
569 /* Choose named function section based on its frequency.  */
570 
571 section *
572 default_function_section (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq,
573 			  bool startup, bool exit)
574 {
575 #if defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS && defined HAVE_LD_EH_GC_SECTIONS_BUG
576   /* Old GNU linkers have buggy --gc-section support, which sometimes
577      results in .gcc_except_table* sections being garbage collected.  */
578   if (decl
579       && symtab_node::get (decl)->implicit_section)
580     return NULL;
581 #endif
582 
583   if (!flag_reorder_functions
584       || !targetm_common.have_named_sections)
585     return NULL;
586   /* Startup code should go to startup subsection unless it is
587      unlikely executed (this happens especially with function splitting
588      where we can split away unnecessary parts of static constructors.  */
589   if (startup && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
590   {
591     /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
592        these ELF section.  */
593     if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
594       return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.startup", NULL);
595     else
596       return NULL;
597   }
598 
599   /* Similarly for exit.  */
600   if (exit && freq != NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED)
601     return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.exit", NULL);
602 
603   /* Group cold functions together, similarly for hot code.  */
604   switch (freq)
605     {
606       case NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED:
607 	return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.unlikely", NULL);
608       case NODE_FREQUENCY_HOT:
609         /* If we do have a profile or(and) LTO phase is executed, we do not need
610            these ELF section.  */
611         if (!in_lto_p || !flag_profile_values)
612           return get_named_text_section (decl, ".text.hot", NULL);
613 	/* FALLTHRU */
614       default:
615 	return NULL;
616     }
617 }
618 
619 /* Return the section for function DECL.
620 
621    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
622    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.
623 
624    If FORCE_COLD is true, return cold function section ignoring
625    the frequency info of cgraph_node.  */
626 
627 static section *
628 function_section_1 (tree decl, bool force_cold)
629 {
630   section *section = NULL;
631   enum node_frequency freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_NORMAL;
632   bool startup = false, exit = false;
633 
634   if (decl)
635     {
636       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (decl);
637 
638       if (node)
639 	{
640 	  freq = node->frequency;
641 	  startup = node->only_called_at_startup;
642 	  exit = node->only_called_at_exit;
643 	}
644     }
645   if (force_cold)
646     freq = NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED;
647 
648 #ifdef USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
649   if (decl != NULL_TREE
650       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL)
651     {
652       if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
653 	section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq,
654 						    startup, exit);
655       if (section)
656 	return section;
657       return get_named_section (decl, NULL, 0);
658     }
659   else
660     return targetm.asm_out.select_section
661 	    (decl, freq == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED,
662 	     symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
663 #else
664   if (targetm.asm_out.function_section)
665     section = targetm.asm_out.function_section (decl, freq, startup, exit);
666   if (section)
667     return section;
668   return hot_function_section (decl);
669 #endif
670 }
671 
672 /* Return the section for function DECL.
673 
674    If DECL is NULL_TREE, return the text section.  We can be passed
675    NULL_TREE under some circumstances by dbxout.c at least.  */
676 
677 section *
678 function_section (tree decl)
679 {
680   /* Handle cases where function splitting code decides
681      to put function entry point into unlikely executed section
682      despite the fact that the function itself is not cold
683      (i.e. it is called rarely but contains a hot loop that is
684      better to live in hot subsection for the code locality).  */
685   return function_section_1 (decl,
686 			     first_function_block_is_cold);
687 }
688 
689 /* Return the section for the current function, take IN_COLD_SECTION_P
690    into account.  */
691 
692 section *
693 current_function_section (void)
694 {
695   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, in_cold_section_p);
696 }
697 
698 /* Tell assembler to switch to unlikely-to-be-executed text section.  */
699 
700 section *
701 unlikely_text_section (void)
702 {
703   return function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
704 }
705 
706 /* When called within a function context, return true if the function
707    has been assigned a cold text section and if SECT is that section.
708    When called outside a function context, return true if SECT is the
709    default cold section.  */
710 
711 bool
712 unlikely_text_section_p (section *sect)
713 {
714   return sect == function_section_1 (current_function_decl, true);
715 }
716 
717 /* Switch to the other function partition (if inside of hot section
718    into cold section, otherwise into the hot section).  */
719 
720 void
721 switch_to_other_text_partition (void)
722 {
723   in_cold_section_p = !in_cold_section_p;
724   switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
725 }
726 
727 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL.  */
728 
729 section *
730 default_function_rodata_section (tree decl)
731 {
732   if (decl != NULL_TREE && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
733     {
734       const char *name = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
735 
736       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl) && HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP)
737         {
738 	  const char *dot;
739 	  size_t len;
740 	  char* rname;
741 
742 	  dot = strchr (name + 1, '.');
743 	  if (!dot)
744 	    dot = name;
745 	  len = strlen (dot) + 8;
746 	  rname = (char *) alloca (len);
747 
748 	  strcpy (rname, ".rodata");
749 	  strcat (rname, dot);
750 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
751 	}
752       /* For .gnu.linkonce.t.foo we want to use .gnu.linkonce.r.foo.  */
753       else if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)
754 	       && strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.t.", 16) == 0)
755 	{
756 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
757 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len);
758 
759 	  memcpy (rname, name, len);
760 	  rname[14] = 'r';
761 	  return get_section (rname, SECTION_LINKONCE, decl);
762 	}
763       /* For .text.foo we want to use .rodata.foo.  */
764       else if (flag_function_sections && flag_data_sections
765 	       && strncmp (name, ".text.", 6) == 0)
766 	{
767 	  size_t len = strlen (name) + 1;
768 	  char *rname = (char *) alloca (len + 2);
769 
770 	  memcpy (rname, ".rodata", 7);
771 	  memcpy (rname + 7, name + 5, len - 5);
772 	  return get_section (rname, 0, decl);
773 	}
774     }
775 
776   return readonly_data_section;
777 }
778 
779 /* Return the read-only data section associated with function DECL
780    for targets where that section should be always the single
781    readonly data section.  */
782 
783 section *
784 default_no_function_rodata_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
785 {
786   return readonly_data_section;
787 }
788 
789 /* A subroutine of mergeable_string_section and mergeable_constant_section.  */
790 
791 static const char *
792 function_mergeable_rodata_prefix (void)
793 {
794   section *s = targetm.asm_out.function_rodata_section (current_function_decl);
795   if (SECTION_STYLE (s) == SECTION_NAMED)
796     return s->named.name;
797   else
798     return targetm.asm_out.mergeable_rodata_prefix;
799 }
800 
801 /* Return the section to use for string merging.  */
802 
803 static section *
804 mergeable_string_section (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
805 			  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
806 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
807 {
808   HOST_WIDE_INT len;
809 
810   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
811       && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
812       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE
813       && align <= 256
814       && (len = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl))) > 0
815       && TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl) == len)
816     {
817       scalar_int_mode mode;
818       unsigned int modesize;
819       const char *str;
820       HOST_WIDE_INT i;
821       int j, unit;
822       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
823       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
824 
825       mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
826       modesize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
827       if (modesize >= 8 && modesize <= 256
828 	  && (modesize & (modesize - 1)) == 0)
829 	{
830 	  if (align < modesize)
831 	    align = modesize;
832 
833 	  if (!HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE && align > 8)
834 	    return readonly_data_section;
835 
836 	  str = TREE_STRING_POINTER (decl);
837 	  unit = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
838 
839 	  /* Check for embedded NUL characters.  */
840 	  for (i = 0; i < len; i += unit)
841 	    {
842 	      for (j = 0; j < unit; j++)
843 		if (str[i + j] != '\0')
844 		  break;
845 	      if (j == unit)
846 		break;
847 	    }
848 	  if (i == len - unit || (unit == 1 && i == len))
849 	    {
850 	      sprintf (name, "%s.str%d.%d", prefix,
851 		       modesize / 8, (int) (align / 8));
852 	      flags |= (modesize / 8) | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS;
853 	      return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
854 	    }
855 	}
856     }
857 
858   return readonly_data_section;
859 }
860 
861 /* Return the section to use for constant merging.  */
862 
863 section *
864 mergeable_constant_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
865 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
866 			    unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
867 {
868   if (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants
869       && mode != VOIDmode
870       && mode != BLKmode
871       && known_le (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), align)
872       && align >= 8
873       && align <= 256
874       && (align & (align - 1)) == 0
875       && (HAVE_LD_ALIGNED_SHF_MERGE ? 1 : align == 8))
876     {
877       const char *prefix = function_mergeable_rodata_prefix ();
878       char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (prefix) + 30);
879 
880       sprintf (name, "%s.cst%d", prefix, (int) (align / 8));
881       flags |= (align / 8) | SECTION_MERGE;
882       return get_section (name, flags, NULL);
883     }
884   return readonly_data_section;
885 }
886 
887 /* Given NAME, a putative register name, discard any customary prefixes.  */
888 
889 static const char *
890 strip_reg_name (const char *name)
891 {
892 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
893   if (!strncmp (name, REGISTER_PREFIX, strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX)))
894     name += strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX);
895 #endif
896   if (name[0] == '%' || name[0] == '#')
897     name++;
898   return name;
899 }
900 
901 /* The user has asked for a DECL to have a particular name.  Set (or
902    change) it in such a way that we don't prefix an underscore to
903    it.  */
904 void
905 set_user_assembler_name (tree decl, const char *name)
906 {
907   char *starred = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 2);
908   starred[0] = '*';
909   strcpy (starred + 1, name);
910   symtab->change_decl_assembler_name (decl, get_identifier (starred));
911   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL_RTX);
912 }
913 
914 /* Decode an `asm' spec for a declaration as a register name.
915    Return the register number, or -1 if nothing specified,
916    or -2 if the ASMSPEC is not `cc' or `memory' and is not recognized,
917    or -3 if ASMSPEC is `cc' and is not recognized,
918    or -4 if ASMSPEC is `memory' and is not recognized.
919    Accept an exact spelling or a decimal number.
920    Prefixes such as % are optional.  */
921 
922 int
923 decode_reg_name_and_count (const char *asmspec, int *pnregs)
924 {
925   /* Presume just one register is clobbered.  */
926   *pnregs = 1;
927 
928   if (asmspec != 0)
929     {
930       int i;
931 
932       /* Get rid of confusing prefixes.  */
933       asmspec = strip_reg_name (asmspec);
934 
935       /* Allow a decimal number as a "register name".  */
936       for (i = strlen (asmspec) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
937 	if (! ISDIGIT (asmspec[i]))
938 	  break;
939       if (asmspec[0] != 0 && i < 0)
940 	{
941 	  i = atoi (asmspec);
942 	  if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && i >= 0 && reg_names[i][0])
943 	    return i;
944 	  else
945 	    return -2;
946 	}
947 
948       for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
949 	if (reg_names[i][0]
950 	    && ! strcmp (asmspec, strip_reg_name (reg_names[i])))
951 	  return i;
952 
953 #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
954       {
955 	static const struct
956 	{
957 	  const char *const name;
958 	  const int number;
959 	  const int nregs;
960 	} table[] = OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES;
961 
962 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
963 	  if (table[i].name[0]
964 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name))
965 	    {
966 	      *pnregs = table[i].nregs;
967 	      return table[i].number;
968 	    }
969       }
970 #endif /* OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES */
971 
972 #ifdef ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
973       {
974 	static const struct { const char *const name; const int number; } table[]
975 	  = ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES;
976 
977 	for (i = 0; i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (table); i++)
978 	  if (table[i].name[0]
979 	      && ! strcmp (asmspec, table[i].name)
980 	      && reg_names[table[i].number][0])
981 	    return table[i].number;
982       }
983 #endif /* ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES */
984 
985       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "memory"))
986 	return -4;
987 
988       if (!strcmp (asmspec, "cc"))
989 	return -3;
990 
991       return -2;
992     }
993 
994   return -1;
995 }
996 
997 int
998 decode_reg_name (const char *name)
999 {
1000   int count;
1001   return decode_reg_name_and_count (name, &count);
1002 }
1003 
1004 
1005 /* Return true if DECL's initializer is suitable for a BSS section.  */
1006 
1007 bool
1008 bss_initializer_p (const_tree decl, bool named)
1009 {
1010   /* Do not put non-common constants into the .bss section, they belong in
1011      a readonly section, except when NAMED is true.  */
1012   return ((!TREE_READONLY (decl) || DECL_COMMON (decl) || named)
1013 	  && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
1014 	      /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1015 	         to mark offlined constructors.  */
1016 	      || (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
1017 	          && !in_lto_p)
1018 	      || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
1019 	          && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))));
1020 }
1021 
1022 /* Compute the alignment of variable specified by DECL.
1023    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA is from assemble_variable.  */
1024 
1025 void
1026 align_variable (tree decl, bool dont_output_data)
1027 {
1028   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1029 
1030   /* In the case for initialing an array whose length isn't specified,
1031      where we have not yet been able to do the layout,
1032      figure out the proper alignment now.  */
1033   if (dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0
1034       && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
1035     align = MAX (align, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
1036 
1037   /* Some object file formats have a maximum alignment which they support.
1038      In particular, a.out format supports a maximum alignment of 4.  */
1039   if (align > MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT)
1040     {
1041       error ("alignment of %q+D is greater than maximum object "
1042 	     "file alignment %d", decl,
1043 	     MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT/BITS_PER_UNIT);
1044       align = MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT;
1045     }
1046 
1047   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl))
1048     {
1049 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1050       unsigned int data_abi_align
1051 	= DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1052       /* For backwards compatibility, don't assume the ABI alignment for
1053 	 TLS variables.  */
1054       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_abi_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1055 	align = data_abi_align;
1056 #endif
1057 
1058       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.
1059 	 But as DECL_ALIGN is used both for actually emitting the variable
1060 	 and for code accessing the variable as guaranteed alignment, we
1061 	 can only increase the alignment if it is a performance optimization
1062 	 if the references to it must bind to the current definition.  */
1063       if (decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl)
1064 	  && !DECL_VIRTUAL_P (decl))
1065 	{
1066 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1067 	  unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1068 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1069 	     is too precious.  */
1070 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1071 	    align = data_align;
1072 #endif
1073 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1074 	      /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1075 		 to mark offlined constructors.  */
1076 	      && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1077 	    {
1078 	      unsigned int const_align
1079 		= targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1080 	      /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS
1081 		 space is too precious.  */
1082 	      if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1083 		align = const_align;
1084 	    }
1085 	}
1086     }
1087 
1088   /* Reset the alignment in case we have made it tighter, so we can benefit
1089      from it in get_pointer_alignment.  */
1090   SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, align);
1091 }
1092 
1093 /* Return DECL_ALIGN (decl), possibly increased for optimization purposes
1094    beyond what align_variable returned.  */
1095 
1096 static unsigned int
1097 get_variable_align (tree decl)
1098 {
1099   unsigned int align = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
1100 
1101   /* For user aligned vars or static vars align_variable already did
1102      everything.  */
1103   if (DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1104     return align;
1105 
1106 #ifdef DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT
1107   if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1108     align = DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1109 #endif
1110 
1111   /* For decls that bind to the current definition, align_variable
1112      did also everything, except for not assuming ABI required alignment
1113      of TLS variables.  For other vars, increase the alignment here
1114      as an optimization.  */
1115   if (!decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
1116     {
1117       /* On some machines, it is good to increase alignment sometimes.  */
1118 #ifdef DATA_ALIGNMENT
1119       unsigned int data_align = DATA_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (decl), align);
1120       /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1121          is too precious.  */
1122       if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || data_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1123 	align = data_align;
1124 #endif
1125       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0
1126 	  /* In LTO we have no errors in program; error_mark_node is used
1127 	     to mark offlined constructors.  */
1128 	  && (in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node))
1129 	{
1130 	  unsigned int const_align
1131 	    = targetm.constant_alignment (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align);
1132 	  /* Don't increase alignment too much for TLS variables - TLS space
1133 	     is too precious.  */
1134 	  if (! DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl) || const_align <= BITS_PER_WORD)
1135 	    align = const_align;
1136 	}
1137     }
1138 
1139   return align;
1140 }
1141 
1142 /* Return the section into which the given VAR_DECL or CONST_DECL
1143    should be placed.  PREFER_NOSWITCH_P is true if a noswitch
1144    section should be used wherever possible.  */
1145 
1146 section *
1147 get_variable_section (tree decl, bool prefer_noswitch_p)
1148 {
1149   addr_space_t as = ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC;
1150   int reloc;
1151   varpool_node *vnode = varpool_node::get (decl);
1152   if (vnode)
1153     {
1154       vnode = vnode->ultimate_alias_target ();
1155       decl = vnode->decl;
1156     }
1157 
1158   if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1159     as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1160 
1161   /* We need the constructor to figure out reloc flag.  */
1162   if (vnode)
1163     vnode->get_constructor ();
1164 
1165   if (DECL_COMMON (decl))
1166     {
1167       /* If the decl has been given an explicit section name, or it resides
1168 	 in a non-generic address space, then it isn't common, and shouldn't
1169 	 be handled as such.  */
1170       gcc_assert (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) == NULL
1171 		  && ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as));
1172       if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
1173 	return tls_comm_section;
1174       else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1175 	return comm_section;
1176     }
1177 
1178   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)
1179     reloc = contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (decl)) ? 3 : 0;
1180   else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl))
1181     reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
1182   else
1183     reloc = 0;
1184 
1185   resolve_unique_section (decl, reloc, flag_data_sections);
1186   if (IN_NAMED_SECTION (decl))
1187     {
1188       section *sect = get_named_section (decl, NULL, reloc);
1189 
1190       if ((sect->common.flags & SECTION_BSS)
1191 	  && !bss_initializer_p (decl, true))
1192 	{
1193 	  error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
1194 		    "only zero initializers are allowed in section %qs",
1195 		    sect->named.name);
1196 	  DECL_INITIAL (decl) = error_mark_node;
1197 	}
1198       return sect;
1199     }
1200 
1201   if (ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (as)
1202       && !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)
1203       && !(prefer_noswitch_p && targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections)
1204       && bss_initializer_p (decl))
1205     {
1206       if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1207 	  && !((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
1208 	       && asan_protect_global (decl)))
1209 	return lcomm_section;
1210       if (bss_noswitch_section)
1211 	return bss_noswitch_section;
1212     }
1213 
1214   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (decl, reloc,
1215 					 get_variable_align (decl));
1216 }
1217 
1218 /* Return the block into which object_block DECL should be placed.  */
1219 
1220 static struct object_block *
1221 get_block_for_decl (tree decl)
1222 {
1223   section *sect;
1224 
1225   if (VAR_P (decl))
1226     {
1227       /* The object must be defined in this translation unit.  */
1228       if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1229 	return NULL;
1230 
1231       /* There's no point using object blocks for something that is
1232 	 isolated by definition.  */
1233       if (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
1234 	return NULL;
1235     }
1236 
1237   /* We can only calculate block offsets if the decl has a known
1238      constant size.  */
1239   if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL)
1240     return NULL;
1241   if (!tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
1242     return NULL;
1243 
1244   /* Find out which section should contain DECL.  We cannot put it into
1245      an object block if it requires a standalone definition.  */
1246   if (VAR_P (decl))
1247       align_variable (decl, 0);
1248   sect = get_variable_section (decl, true);
1249   if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
1250     return NULL;
1251 
1252   return get_block_for_section (sect);
1253 }
1254 
1255 /* Make sure block symbol SYMBOL is in block BLOCK.  */
1256 
1257 static void
1258 change_symbol_block (rtx symbol, struct object_block *block)
1259 {
1260   if (block != SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
1261     {
1262       gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) < 0);
1263       SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol) = block;
1264     }
1265 }
1266 
1267 /* Return true if it is possible to put DECL in an object_block.  */
1268 
1269 static bool
1270 use_blocks_for_decl_p (tree decl)
1271 {
1272   struct symtab_node *snode;
1273 
1274   /* Only data DECLs can be placed into object blocks.  */
1275   if (!VAR_P (decl) && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   /* DECL_INITIAL (decl) set to decl is a hack used for some decls that
1279      are never used from code directly and we never want object block handling
1280      for those.  */
1281   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == decl)
1282     return false;
1283 
1284   /* If this decl is an alias, then we don't want to emit a
1285      definition.  */
1286   if (VAR_P (decl)
1287       && (snode = symtab_node::get (decl)) != NULL
1288       && snode->alias)
1289     return false;
1290 
1291   return targetm.use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl);
1292 }
1293 
1294 /* Follow the IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS chain starting at *ALIAS
1295    until we find an identifier that is not itself a transparent alias.
1296    Modify the alias passed to it by reference (and all aliases on the
1297    way to the ultimate target), such that they do not have to be
1298    followed again, and return the ultimate target of the alias
1299    chain.  */
1300 
1301 static inline tree
1302 ultimate_transparent_alias_target (tree *alias)
1303 {
1304   tree target = *alias;
1305 
1306   if (IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target))
1307     {
1308       gcc_assert (TREE_CHAIN (target));
1309       target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_CHAIN (target));
1310       gcc_assert (! IDENTIFIER_TRANSPARENT_ALIAS (target)
1311 		  && ! TREE_CHAIN (target));
1312       *alias = target;
1313     }
1314 
1315   return target;
1316 }
1317 
1318 /* Create the DECL_RTL for a VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL.  DECL should
1319    have static storage duration.  In other words, it should not be an
1320    automatic variable, including PARM_DECLs.
1321 
1322    There is, however, one exception: this function handles variables
1323    explicitly placed in a particular register by the user.
1324 
1325    This is never called for PARM_DECL nodes.  */
1326 
1327 void
1328 make_decl_rtl (tree decl)
1329 {
1330   const char *name = 0;
1331   int reg_number;
1332   tree id;
1333   rtx x;
1334 
1335   /* Check that we are not being given an automatic variable.  */
1336   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL
1337 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != RESULT_DECL);
1338 
1339   /* A weak alias has TREE_PUBLIC set but not the other bits.  */
1340   gcc_assert (!VAR_P (decl)
1341 	      || TREE_STATIC (decl)
1342 	      || TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1343 	      || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1344 	      || DECL_REGISTER (decl));
1345 
1346   /* And that we were not given a type or a label.  */
1347   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
1348 	      && TREE_CODE (decl) != LABEL_DECL);
1349 
1350   /* For a duplicate declaration, we can be called twice on the
1351      same DECL node.  Don't discard the RTL already made.  */
1352   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1353     {
1354       /* If the old RTL had the wrong mode, fix the mode.  */
1355       x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1356       if (GET_MODE (x) != DECL_MODE (decl))
1357 	SET_DECL_RTL (decl, adjust_address_nv (x, DECL_MODE (decl), 0));
1358 
1359       if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1360 	return;
1361 
1362       /* ??? Another way to do this would be to maintain a hashed
1363 	 table of such critters.  Instead of adding stuff to a DECL
1364 	 to give certain attributes to it, we could use an external
1365 	 hash map from DECL to set of attributes.  */
1366 
1367       /* Let the target reassign the RTL if it wants.
1368 	 This is necessary, for example, when one machine specific
1369 	 decl attribute overrides another.  */
1370       targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), false);
1371 
1372       /* If the symbol has a SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK field, update it based
1373 	 on the new decl information.  */
1374       if (MEM_P (x)
1375 	  && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
1376 	  && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1377 	change_symbol_block (XEXP (x, 0), get_block_for_decl (decl));
1378 
1379       return;
1380     }
1381 
1382   /* If this variable belongs to the global constant pool, retrieve the
1383      pre-computed RTL or recompute it in LTO mode.  */
1384   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
1385     {
1386       SET_DECL_RTL (decl, output_constant_def (DECL_INITIAL (decl), 1));
1387       return;
1388     }
1389 
1390   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1391   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
1392 
1393   if (name[0] != '*' && TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1394       && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1395     {
1396       error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1397     }
1398   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
1399     {
1400       const char *asmspec = name+1;
1401       machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (decl);
1402       reg_number = decode_reg_name (asmspec);
1403       /* First detect errors in declaring global registers.  */
1404       if (reg_number == -1)
1405 	error ("register name not specified for %q+D", decl);
1406       else if (reg_number < 0)
1407 	error ("invalid register name for %q+D", decl);
1408       else if (mode == BLKmode)
1409 	error ("data type of %q+D isn%'t suitable for a register",
1410 	       decl);
1411       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (accessible_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1412 	error ("the register specified for %q+D cannot be accessed"
1413 	       " by the current target", decl);
1414       else if (!in_hard_reg_set_p (operand_reg_set, mode, reg_number))
1415 	error ("the register specified for %q+D is not general enough"
1416 	       " to be used as a register variable", decl);
1417       else if (!targetm.hard_regno_mode_ok (reg_number, mode))
1418 	error ("register specified for %q+D isn%'t suitable for data type",
1419                decl);
1420       /* Now handle properly declared static register variables.  */
1421       else
1422 	{
1423 	  int nregs;
1424 
1425 	  if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) != 0 && TREE_STATIC (decl))
1426 	    {
1427 	      DECL_INITIAL (decl) = 0;
1428 	      error ("global register variable has initial value");
1429 	    }
1430 	  if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl))
1431 	    warning (OPT_Wvolatile_register_var,
1432 		     "optimization may eliminate reads and/or "
1433 		     "writes to register variables");
1434 
1435 	  /* If the user specified one of the eliminables registers here,
1436 	     e.g., FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, we don't want to get this variable
1437 	     confused with that register and be eliminated.  This usage is
1438 	     somewhat suspect...  */
1439 
1440 	  SET_DECL_RTL (decl, gen_raw_REG (mode, reg_number));
1441 	  ORIGINAL_REGNO (DECL_RTL (decl)) = reg_number;
1442 	  REG_USERVAR_P (DECL_RTL (decl)) = 1;
1443 
1444 	  if (TREE_STATIC (decl))
1445 	    {
1446 	      /* Make this register global, so not usable for anything
1447 		 else.  */
1448 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL
1449 	      name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl));
1450 	      ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (asm_out_file, decl, reg_number, name);
1451 #endif
1452 	      nregs = hard_regno_nregs (reg_number, mode);
1453 	      while (nregs > 0)
1454 		globalize_reg (decl, reg_number + --nregs);
1455 	    }
1456 
1457 	  /* As a register variable, it has no section.  */
1458 	  return;
1459 	}
1460       /* Avoid internal errors from invalid register
1461 	 specifications.  */
1462       SET_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl, NULL_TREE);
1463       DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) = 0;
1464       /* Also avoid SSA inconsistencies by pretending this is an external
1465 	 decl now.  */
1466       DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
1467       return;
1468     }
1469   /* Now handle ordinary static variables and functions (in memory).
1470      Also handle vars declared register invalidly.  */
1471   else if (name[0] == '*')
1472   {
1473 #ifdef REGISTER_PREFIX
1474     if (strlen (REGISTER_PREFIX) != 0)
1475       {
1476 	reg_number = decode_reg_name (name);
1477 	if (reg_number >= 0 || reg_number == -3)
1478 	  error ("register name given for non-register variable %q+D", decl);
1479       }
1480 #endif
1481   }
1482 
1483   /* Specifying a section attribute on a variable forces it into a
1484      non-.bss section, and thus it cannot be common.  */
1485   /* FIXME: In general this code should not be necessary because
1486      visibility pass is doing the same work.  But notice_global_symbol
1487      is called early and it needs to make DECL_RTL to get the name.
1488      we take care of recomputing the DECL_RTL after visibility is changed.  */
1489   if (VAR_P (decl)
1490       && (TREE_STATIC (decl) || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
1491       && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != NULL
1492       && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE
1493       && DECL_COMMON (decl))
1494     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1495 
1496   /* Variables can't be both common and weak.  */
1497   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_WEAK (decl))
1498     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 0;
1499 
1500   if (use_object_blocks_p () && use_blocks_for_decl_p (decl))
1501     x = create_block_symbol (name, get_block_for_decl (decl), -1);
1502   else
1503     {
1504       machine_mode address_mode = Pmode;
1505       if (TREE_TYPE (decl) != error_mark_node)
1506 	{
1507 	  addr_space_t as = TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (decl));
1508 	  address_mode = targetm.addr_space.address_mode (as);
1509 	}
1510       x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (address_mode, name);
1511     }
1512   SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (x) = DECL_WEAK (decl);
1513   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x, decl);
1514 
1515   x = gen_rtx_MEM (DECL_MODE (decl), x);
1516   if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
1517     set_mem_attributes (x, decl, 1);
1518   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, x);
1519 
1520   /* Optionally set flags or add text to the name to record information
1521      such as that it is a function name.
1522      If the name is changed, the macro ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF
1523      will have to know how to strip this information.  */
1524   targetm.encode_section_info (decl, DECL_RTL (decl), true);
1525 }
1526 
1527 /* Like make_decl_rtl, but inhibit creation of new alias sets when
1528    calling make_decl_rtl.  Also, reset DECL_RTL before returning the
1529    rtl.  */
1530 
1531 rtx
1532 make_decl_rtl_for_debug (tree decl)
1533 {
1534   unsigned int save_aliasing_flag;
1535   rtx rtl;
1536 
1537   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl))
1538     return DECL_RTL (decl);
1539 
1540   /* Kludge alert!  Somewhere down the call chain, make_decl_rtl will
1541      call new_alias_set.  If running with -fcompare-debug, sometimes
1542      we do not want to create alias sets that will throw the alias
1543      numbers off in the comparison dumps.  So... clearing
1544      flag_strict_aliasing will keep new_alias_set() from creating a
1545      new set.  */
1546   save_aliasing_flag = flag_strict_aliasing;
1547   flag_strict_aliasing = 0;
1548 
1549   rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
1550   /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
1551      DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output.  */
1552   SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
1553 
1554   flag_strict_aliasing = save_aliasing_flag;
1555   return rtl;
1556 }
1557 
1558 /* Output a string of literal assembler code
1559    for an `asm' keyword used between functions.  */
1560 
1561 void
1562 assemble_asm (tree string)
1563 {
1564   const char *p;
1565   app_enable ();
1566 
1567   if (TREE_CODE (string) == ADDR_EXPR)
1568     string = TREE_OPERAND (string, 0);
1569 
1570   p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (string);
1571   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s\n", p[0] == '\t' ? "" : "\t", p);
1572 }
1573 
1574 /* Write the address of the entity given by SYMBOL to SEC.  */
1575 void
1576 assemble_addr_to_section (rtx symbol, section *sec)
1577 {
1578   switch_to_section (sec);
1579   assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
1580   assemble_integer (symbol, POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
1581 }
1582 
1583 /* Return the numbered .ctors.N (if CONSTRUCTOR_P) or .dtors.N (if
1584    not) section for PRIORITY.  */
1585 section *
1586 get_cdtor_priority_section (int priority, bool constructor_p)
1587 {
1588   /* Buffer conservatively large enough for the full range of a 32-bit
1589      int plus the text below.  */
1590   char buf[18];
1591 
1592   /* ??? This only works reliably with the GNU linker.  */
1593   sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
1594 	   constructor_p ? ".ctors" : ".dtors",
1595 	   /* Invert the numbering so the linker puts us in the proper
1596 	      order; constructors are run from right to left, and the
1597 	      linker sorts in increasing order.  */
1598 	   MAX_INIT_PRIORITY - priority);
1599   return get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1600 }
1601 
1602 void
1603 default_named_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1604 {
1605   section *sec;
1606 
1607   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1608     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1609 				      /*constructor_p=*/false);
1610   else
1611     sec = get_section (".dtors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1612 
1613   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1614 }
1615 
1616 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1617 void
1618 default_dtor_section_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol,
1619 					 int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1620 {
1621   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, dtors_section);
1622 }
1623 #endif
1624 
1625 void
1626 default_named_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
1627 {
1628   section *sec;
1629 
1630   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
1631     sec = get_cdtor_priority_section (priority,
1632 				      /*constructor_p=*/true);
1633   else
1634     sec = get_section (".ctors", SECTION_WRITE, NULL);
1635 
1636   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
1637 }
1638 
1639 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
1640 void
1641 default_ctor_section_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol,
1642 					  int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1643 {
1644   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, ctors_section);
1645 }
1646 #endif
1647 
1648 /* CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION may be defined as an expression with
1649    a nonzero value if the constant pool should be output before the
1650    start of the function, or a zero value if the pool should output
1651    after the end of the function.  The default is to put it before the
1652    start.  */
1653 
1654 #ifndef CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
1655 #define CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION 1
1656 #endif
1657 
1658 /* DECL is an object (either VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL) which is going
1659    to be output to assembler.
1660    Set first_global_object_name and weak_global_object_name as appropriate.  */
1661 
1662 void
1663 notice_global_symbol (tree decl)
1664 {
1665   const char **t = &first_global_object_name;
1666 
1667   if (first_global_object_name
1668       || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
1669       || DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
1670       || !DECL_NAME (decl)
1671       || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl))
1672       || (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL
1673 	  && (!VAR_P (decl)
1674 	      || (DECL_COMMON (decl)
1675 		  && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
1676 		      || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))))
1677     return;
1678 
1679   /* We win when global object is found, but it is useful to know about weak
1680      symbol as well so we can produce nicer unique names.  */
1681   if (DECL_WEAK (decl) || DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) || flag_shlib)
1682     t = &weak_global_object_name;
1683 
1684   if (!*t)
1685     {
1686       tree id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
1687       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
1688       *t = ggc_strdup (targetm.strip_name_encoding (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id)));
1689     }
1690 }
1691 
1692 /* If not using flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition, decide early whether the
1693    current function goes into the cold section, so that targets can use
1694    current_function_section during RTL expansion.  DECL describes the
1695    function.  */
1696 
1697 void
1698 decide_function_section (tree decl)
1699 {
1700   first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1701 
1702  if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
1703     {
1704       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get (current_function_decl);
1705       /* Calls to function_section rely on first_function_block_is_cold
1706 	 being accurate.  */
1707       first_function_block_is_cold = (node
1708 				      && node->frequency
1709 				      == NODE_FREQUENCY_UNLIKELY_EXECUTED);
1710     }
1711 
1712   in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1713 }
1714 
1715 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL.  This may be
1716    different from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file.  */
1717 const char *
1718 get_fnname_from_decl (tree decl)
1719 {
1720   rtx x = DECL_RTL (decl);
1721   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
1722   x = XEXP (x, 0);
1723   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
1724   return XSTR (x, 0);
1725 }
1726 
1727 /* Output assembler code for the constant pool of a function and associated
1728    with defining the name of the function.  DECL describes the function.
1729    NAME is the function's name.  For the constant pool, we use the current
1730    constant pool data.  */
1731 
1732 void
1733 assemble_start_function (tree decl, const char *fnname)
1734 {
1735   int align;
1736   char tmp_label[100];
1737   bool hot_label_written = false;
1738 
1739   if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1740     {
1741       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTB", const_labelno);
1742       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1743       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDB", const_labelno);
1744       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1745       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LHOTE", const_labelno);
1746       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1747       ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (tmp_label, "LCOLDE", const_labelno);
1748       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = ggc_strdup (tmp_label);
1749       const_labelno++;
1750       cold_function_name = NULL_TREE;
1751     }
1752   else
1753     {
1754       crtl->subsections.hot_section_label = NULL;
1755       crtl->subsections.cold_section_label = NULL;
1756       crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label = NULL;
1757       crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label = NULL;
1758     }
1759 
1760   /* The following code does not need preprocessing in the assembler.  */
1761 
1762   app_disable ();
1763 
1764   if (CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1765     output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1766 
1767   align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
1768 
1769   /* Make sure the not and cold text (code) sections are properly
1770      aligned.  This is necessary here in the case where the function
1771      has both hot and cold sections, because we don't want to re-set
1772      the alignment when the section switch happens mid-function.  */
1773 
1774   if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1775     {
1776       first_function_block_is_cold = false;
1777 
1778       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1779       assemble_align (align);
1780       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
1781 
1782       /* When the function starts with a cold section, we need to explicitly
1783 	 align the hot section and write out the hot section label.
1784 	 But if the current function is a thunk, we do not have a CFG.  */
1785       if (!cfun->is_thunk
1786 	  && BB_PARTITION (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun)->next_bb) == BB_COLD_PARTITION)
1787 	{
1788 	  switch_to_section (text_section);
1789 	  assemble_align (align);
1790 	  ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1791 	  hot_label_written = true;
1792 	  first_function_block_is_cold = true;
1793 	}
1794       in_cold_section_p = first_function_block_is_cold;
1795     }
1796 
1797 
1798   /* Switch to the correct text section for the start of the function.  */
1799 
1800   switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1801   if (crtl->has_bb_partition && !hot_label_written)
1802     ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_label);
1803 
1804   /* Tell assembler to move to target machine's alignment for functions.  */
1805   align = floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT);
1806   if (align > 0)
1807     {
1808       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
1809     }
1810 
1811   /* Handle a user-specified function alignment.
1812      Note that we still need to align to DECL_ALIGN, as above,
1813      because ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN might not do any alignment at all.  */
1814   if (! DECL_USER_ALIGN (decl)
1815       && align_functions.levels[0].log > align
1816       && optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun))
1817     {
1818 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1819       int align_log = align_functions.levels[0].log;
1820 #endif
1821       int max_skip = align_functions.levels[0].maxskip;
1822       if (flag_limit_function_alignment && crtl->max_insn_address > 0
1823 	  && max_skip >= crtl->max_insn_address)
1824 	max_skip = crtl->max_insn_address - 1;
1825 
1826 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN
1827       ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_log, max_skip);
1828       if (max_skip == align_functions.levels[0].maxskip)
1829 	ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1830 				   align_functions.levels[1].log,
1831 				   align_functions.levels[1].maxskip);
1832 #else
1833       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align_functions.levels[0].log);
1834 #endif
1835     }
1836 
1837 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX
1838   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_PREFIX (asm_out_file, fnname);
1839 #endif
1840 
1841   if (!DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
1842     (*debug_hooks->begin_function) (decl);
1843 
1844   /* Make function name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
1845 
1846   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
1847     {
1848       notice_global_symbol (decl);
1849 
1850       globalize_decl (decl);
1851 
1852       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
1853     }
1854 
1855   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
1856     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (fnname);
1857 
1858   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size = function_entry_patch_area_size;
1859   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_entry = function_entry_patch_area_start;
1860 
1861   tree patchable_function_entry_attr
1862     = lookup_attribute ("patchable_function_entry", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
1863   if (patchable_function_entry_attr)
1864     {
1865       tree pp_val = TREE_VALUE (patchable_function_entry_attr);
1866       tree patchable_function_entry_value1 = TREE_VALUE (pp_val);
1867 
1868       patch_area_size = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value1);
1869       patch_area_entry = 0;
1870       if (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val) != NULL_TREE)
1871 	{
1872 	  tree patchable_function_entry_value2
1873 	    = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (pp_val));
1874 	  patch_area_entry = tree_to_uhwi (patchable_function_entry_value2);
1875 	}
1876     }
1877 
1878   if (patch_area_entry > patch_area_size)
1879     {
1880       if (patch_area_size > 0)
1881 	warning (OPT_Wattributes, "patchable function entry > size");
1882       patch_area_entry = 0;
1883     }
1884 
1885   /* Emit the patching area before the entry label, if any.  */
1886   if (patch_area_entry > 0)
1887     targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1888 						    patch_area_entry, true);
1889 
1890   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the function name.  */
1891 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME
1892   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1893 #else
1894   /* Standard thing is just output label for the function.  */
1895   ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (asm_out_file, fnname, current_function_decl);
1896 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME */
1897 
1898   /* And the area after the label.  Record it if we haven't done so yet.  */
1899   if (patch_area_size > patch_area_entry)
1900     targetm.asm_out.print_patchable_function_entry (asm_out_file,
1901 						    patch_area_size
1902 						    - patch_area_entry,
1903 						    patch_area_entry == 0);
1904 
1905   if (lookup_attribute ("no_split_stack", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
1906     saw_no_split_stack = true;
1907 }
1908 
1909 /* Output assembler code associated with defining the size of the
1910    function.  DECL describes the function.  NAME is the function's name.  */
1911 
1912 void
1913 assemble_end_function (tree decl, const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1914 {
1915 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
1916   /* We could have switched section in the middle of the function.  */
1917   if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1918     switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1919   ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, fnname, decl);
1920 #endif
1921   if (! CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION)
1922     {
1923       output_constant_pool (fnname, decl);
1924       switch_to_section (function_section (decl)); /* need to switch back */
1925     }
1926   /* Output labels for end of hot/cold text sections (to be used by
1927      debug info.)  */
1928   if (crtl->has_bb_partition)
1929     {
1930       section *save_text_section;
1931 
1932       save_text_section = in_section;
1933       switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
1934 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE
1935       if (cold_function_name != NULL_TREE)
1936 	ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file,
1937 					IDENTIFIER_POINTER (cold_function_name),
1938 					decl);
1939 #endif
1940       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label);
1941       if (first_function_block_is_cold)
1942 	switch_to_section (text_section);
1943       else
1944 	switch_to_section (function_section (decl));
1945       ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label);
1946       switch_to_section (save_text_section);
1947     }
1948 }
1949 
1950 /* Assemble code to leave SIZE bytes of zeros.  */
1951 
1952 void
1953 assemble_zeros (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1954 {
1955   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
1956   if (flag_syntax_only)
1957     return;
1958 
1959 #ifdef ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
1960   /* The `space' pseudo in the text section outputs nop insns rather than 0s,
1961      so we must output 0s explicitly in the text section.  */
1962   if (ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
1963     {
1964       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT i;
1965       for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
1966 	assemble_integer (const0_rtx, 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
1967     }
1968   else
1969 #endif
1970     if (size > 0)
1971       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, size);
1972 }
1973 
1974 /* Assemble an alignment pseudo op for an ALIGN-bit boundary.  */
1975 
1976 void
1977 assemble_align (unsigned int align)
1978 {
1979   if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
1980     {
1981       ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
1982     }
1983 }
1984 
1985 /* Assemble a string constant with the specified C string as contents.  */
1986 
1987 void
1988 assemble_string (const char *p, int size)
1989 {
1990   int pos = 0;
1991   int maximum = 2000;
1992 
1993   /* If the string is very long, split it up.  */
1994 
1995   while (pos < size)
1996     {
1997       int thissize = size - pos;
1998       if (thissize > maximum)
1999 	thissize = maximum;
2000 
2001       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, p, thissize);
2002 
2003       pos += thissize;
2004       p += thissize;
2005     }
2006 }
2007 
2008 
2009 /* A noswitch_section_callback for lcomm_section.  */
2010 
2011 static bool
2012 emit_local (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2013 	    const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2014 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2015 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2016 {
2017 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2018   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2019   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2020 				 size, align);
2021   return true;
2022 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2023   unsigned int align = symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ();
2024   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, align);
2025   return true;
2026 #else
2027   ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2028   return false;
2029 #endif
2030 }
2031 
2032 /* A noswitch_section_callback for bss_noswitch_section.  */
2033 
2034 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
2035 static bool
2036 emit_bss (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2037 	  const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2038 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2039 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2040 {
2041   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (asm_out_file, decl, name, size,
2042 			  get_variable_align (decl));
2043   return true;
2044 }
2045 #endif
2046 
2047 /* A noswitch_section_callback for comm_section.  */
2048 
2049 static bool
2050 emit_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2051 	     const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2052 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2053 	     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2054 {
2055 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON
2056   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name,
2057 				  size, get_variable_align (decl));
2058   return true;
2059 #elif defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON
2060   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size,
2061 			     get_variable_align (decl));
2062   return true;
2063 #else
2064   ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2065   return false;
2066 #endif
2067 }
2068 
2069 /* A noswitch_section_callback for tls_comm_section.  */
2070 
2071 static bool
2072 emit_tls_common (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2073 		 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2074 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2075 		 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2076 {
2077 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON
2078   ASM_OUTPUT_TLS_COMMON (asm_out_file, decl, name, size);
2079   return true;
2080 #else
2081   sorry ("thread-local COMMON data not implemented");
2082   return true;
2083 #endif
2084 }
2085 
2086 /* Assemble DECL given that it belongs in SECTION_NOSWITCH section SECT.
2087    NAME is the name of DECL's SYMBOL_REF.  */
2088 
2089 static void
2090 assemble_noswitch_variable (tree decl, const char *name, section *sect,
2091 			    unsigned int align)
2092 {
2093   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, rounded;
2094 
2095   size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2096   rounded = size;
2097 
2098   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS) && asan_protect_global (decl))
2099     size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
2100 
2101   /* Don't allocate zero bytes of common,
2102      since that means "undefined external" in the linker.  */
2103   if (size == 0)
2104     rounded = 1;
2105 
2106   /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2107      so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2108   rounded += (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
2109   rounded = (rounded / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2110 	     * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2111 
2112   if (!sect->noswitch.callback (decl, name, size, rounded)
2113       && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) > rounded)
2114     error ("requested alignment for %q+D is greater than "
2115 	   "implemented alignment of %wu", decl, rounded);
2116 }
2117 
2118 /* A subroutine of assemble_variable.  Output the label and contents of
2119    DECL, whose address is a SYMBOL_REF with name NAME.  DONT_OUTPUT_DATA
2120    is as for assemble_variable.  */
2121 
2122 static void
2123 assemble_variable_contents (tree decl, const char *name,
2124 			    bool dont_output_data, bool merge_strings)
2125 {
2126   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the object.  */
2127 #ifdef ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME
2128   last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
2129   ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2130 #else
2131   /* Standard thing is just output label for the object.  */
2132   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
2133 #endif /* ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME */
2134 
2135   if (!dont_output_data)
2136     {
2137       /* Caller is supposed to use varpool_get_constructor when it wants
2138 	 to output the body.  */
2139       gcc_assert (!in_lto_p || DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node);
2140       if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
2141 	  && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node
2142 	  && !initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2143 	/* Output the actual data.  */
2144 	output_constant (DECL_INITIAL (decl),
2145 			 tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)),
2146 			 get_variable_align (decl),
2147 			 false, merge_strings);
2148       else
2149 	/* Leave space for it.  */
2150 	assemble_zeros (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)));
2151       targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
2152     }
2153 }
2154 
2155 /* Write out assembly for the variable DECL, which is not defined in
2156    the current translation unit.  */
2157 void
2158 assemble_undefined_decl (tree decl)
2159 {
2160   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
2161   targetm.asm_out.assemble_undefined_decl (asm_out_file, name, decl);
2162 }
2163 
2164 /* Assemble everything that is needed for a variable or function declaration.
2165    Not used for automatic variables, and not used for function definitions.
2166    Should not be called for variables of incomplete structure type.
2167 
2168    TOP_LEVEL is nonzero if this variable has file scope.
2169    AT_END is nonzero if this is the special handling, at end of compilation,
2170    to define things that have had only tentative definitions.
2171    DONT_OUTPUT_DATA if nonzero means don't actually output the
2172    initial value (that will be done by the caller).  */
2173 
2174 void
2175 assemble_variable (tree decl, int top_level ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2176 		   int at_end ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int dont_output_data)
2177 {
2178   const char *name;
2179   rtx decl_rtl, symbol;
2180   section *sect;
2181   unsigned int align;
2182   bool asan_protected = false;
2183 
2184   /* This function is supposed to handle VARIABLES.  Ensure we have one.  */
2185   gcc_assert (VAR_P (decl));
2186 
2187   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this far.  */
2188   gcc_checking_assert (targetm.have_tls || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl));
2189 
2190   last_assemble_variable_decl = 0;
2191 
2192   /* Normally no need to say anything here for external references,
2193      since assemble_external is called by the language-specific code
2194      when a declaration is first seen.  */
2195 
2196   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
2197     return;
2198 
2199   /* Do nothing for global register variables.  */
2200   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) && REG_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
2201     {
2202       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2203       return;
2204     }
2205 
2206   /* If type was incomplete when the variable was declared,
2207      see if it is complete now.  */
2208 
2209   if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2210     layout_decl (decl, 0);
2211 
2212   /* Still incomplete => don't allocate it; treat the tentative defn
2213      (which is what it must have been) as an `extern' reference.  */
2214 
2215   if (!dont_output_data && DECL_SIZE (decl) == 0)
2216     {
2217       error ("storage size of %q+D isn%'t known", decl);
2218       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2219       return;
2220     }
2221 
2222   /* The first declaration of a variable that comes through this function
2223      decides whether it is global (in C, has external linkage)
2224      or local (in C, has internal linkage).  So do nothing more
2225      if this function has already run.  */
2226 
2227   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
2228     return;
2229 
2230   /* Make sure targetm.encode_section_info is invoked before we set
2231      ASM_WRITTEN.  */
2232   decl_rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2233 
2234   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
2235 
2236   /* Do no output if -fsyntax-only.  */
2237   if (flag_syntax_only)
2238     return;
2239 
2240   if (! dont_output_data
2241       && ! valid_constant_size_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl)))
2242     {
2243       error ("size of variable %q+D is too large", decl);
2244       return;
2245     }
2246 
2247   gcc_assert (MEM_P (decl_rtl));
2248   gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (decl_rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
2249   symbol = XEXP (decl_rtl, 0);
2250 
2251   /* If this symbol belongs to the tree constant pool, output the constant
2252      if it hasn't already been written.  */
2253   if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
2254     {
2255       tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
2256       if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
2257 	output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
2258       return;
2259     }
2260 
2261   app_disable ();
2262 
2263   name = XSTR (symbol, 0);
2264   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && DECL_NAME (decl))
2265     notice_global_symbol (decl);
2266 
2267   /* Compute the alignment of this data.  */
2268 
2269   align_variable (decl, dont_output_data);
2270 
2271   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
2272       && asan_protect_global (decl))
2273     {
2274       asan_protected = true;
2275       SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
2276 				 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
2277     }
2278 
2279   set_mem_align (decl_rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
2280 
2281   align = get_variable_align (decl);
2282 
2283   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2284     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
2285 
2286   if (DECL_PRESERVE_P (decl))
2287     targetm.asm_out.mark_decl_preserved (name);
2288 
2289   /* First make the assembler name(s) global if appropriate.  */
2290   sect = get_variable_section (decl, false);
2291   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
2292       && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_COMMON) == 0)
2293     globalize_decl (decl);
2294 
2295   /* Output any data that we will need to use the address of.  */
2296   if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != error_mark_node)
2297     output_addressed_constants (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
2298 
2299   /* dbxout.c needs to know this.  */
2300   if (sect && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_CODE) != 0)
2301     DECL_IN_TEXT_SECTION (decl) = 1;
2302 
2303   /* If the decl is part of an object_block, make sure that the decl
2304      has been positioned within its block, but do not write out its
2305      definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
2306   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
2307     {
2308       gcc_assert (!dont_output_data);
2309       place_block_symbol (symbol);
2310     }
2311   else if (SECTION_STYLE (sect) == SECTION_NOSWITCH)
2312     assemble_noswitch_variable (decl, name, sect, align);
2313   else
2314     {
2315       /* Special-case handling of vtv comdat sections.  */
2316       if (sect->named.name
2317 	  && (strcmp (sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
2318 	handle_vtv_comdat_section (sect, decl);
2319       else
2320 	switch_to_section (sect);
2321       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
2322 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2323       assemble_variable_contents (decl, name, dont_output_data,
2324 				  (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
2325 				  && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
2326       if (asan_protected)
2327 	{
2328 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT int size
2329 	    = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
2330 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
2331 	}
2332     }
2333 }
2334 
2335 
2336 /* Given a function declaration (FN_DECL), this function assembles the
2337    function into the .preinit_array section.  */
2338 
2339 void
2340 assemble_vtv_preinit_initializer (tree fn_decl)
2341 {
2342   section *sect;
2343   unsigned flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2344   rtx symbol = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fn_decl), 0);
2345 
2346   flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
2347   sect = get_section (".preinit_array", flags, fn_decl);
2348   switch_to_section (sect);
2349   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sect);
2350 }
2351 
2352 /* Return 1 if type TYPE contains any pointers.  */
2353 
2354 static int
2355 contains_pointers_p (tree type)
2356 {
2357   switch (TREE_CODE (type))
2358     {
2359     case POINTER_TYPE:
2360     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
2361       /* I'm not sure whether OFFSET_TYPE needs this treatment,
2362 	 so I'll play safe and return 1.  */
2363     case OFFSET_TYPE:
2364       return 1;
2365 
2366     case RECORD_TYPE:
2367     case UNION_TYPE:
2368     case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
2369       {
2370 	tree fields;
2371 	/* For a type that has fields, see if the fields have pointers.  */
2372 	for (fields = TYPE_FIELDS (type); fields; fields = DECL_CHAIN (fields))
2373 	  if (TREE_CODE (fields) == FIELD_DECL
2374 	      && contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (fields)))
2375 	    return 1;
2376 	return 0;
2377       }
2378 
2379     case ARRAY_TYPE:
2380       /* An array type contains pointers if its element type does.  */
2381       return contains_pointers_p (TREE_TYPE (type));
2382 
2383     default:
2384       return 0;
2385     }
2386 }
2387 
2388 /* We delay assemble_external processing until
2389    the compilation unit is finalized.  This is the best we can do for
2390    right now (i.e. stage 3 of GCC 4.0) - the right thing is to delay
2391    it all the way to final.  See PR 17982 for further discussion.  */
2392 static GTY(()) tree pending_assemble_externals;
2393 
2394 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2395 /* Some targets delay some output to final using TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.
2396    As a result, assemble_external can be called after the list of externals
2397    is processed and the pointer set destroyed.  */
2398 static bool pending_assemble_externals_processed;
2399 
2400 /* Avoid O(external_decls**2) lookups in the pending_assemble_externals
2401    TREE_LIST in assemble_external.  */
2402 static hash_set<tree> *pending_assemble_externals_set;
2403 
2404 /* True if DECL is a function decl for which no out-of-line copy exists.
2405    It is assumed that DECL's assembler name has been set.  */
2406 
2407 static bool
2408 incorporeal_function_p (tree decl)
2409 {
2410   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && fndecl_built_in_p (decl))
2411     {
2412       const char *name;
2413 
2414       if (DECL_BUILT_IN_CLASS (decl) == BUILT_IN_NORMAL
2415 	  && ALLOCA_FUNCTION_CODE_P (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (decl)))
2416 	return true;
2417 
2418       name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
2419       /* Atomic or sync builtins which have survived this far will be
2420 	 resolved externally and therefore are not incorporeal.  */
2421       if (strncmp (name, "__builtin_", 10) == 0)
2422 	return true;
2423     }
2424   return false;
2425 }
2426 
2427 /* Actually do the tests to determine if this is necessary, and invoke
2428    ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL.  */
2429 static void
2430 assemble_external_real (tree decl)
2431 {
2432   rtx rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
2433 
2434   if (MEM_P (rtl) && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
2435       && !SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0))
2436       && !incorporeal_function_p (decl))
2437     {
2438       /* Some systems do require some output.  */
2439       SYMBOL_REF_USED (XEXP (rtl, 0)) = 1;
2440       ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (asm_out_file, decl, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
2441     }
2442 }
2443 #endif
2444 
2445 void
2446 process_pending_assemble_externals (void)
2447 {
2448 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2449   tree list;
2450   for (list = pending_assemble_externals; list; list = TREE_CHAIN (list))
2451     assemble_external_real (TREE_VALUE (list));
2452 
2453   pending_assemble_externals = 0;
2454   pending_assemble_externals_processed = true;
2455   delete pending_assemble_externals_set;
2456 #endif
2457 }
2458 
2459 /* This TREE_LIST contains any weak symbol declarations waiting
2460    to be emitted.  */
2461 static GTY(()) tree weak_decls;
2462 
2463 /* Output something to declare an external symbol to the assembler,
2464    and qualifiers such as weakness.  (Most assemblers don't need
2465    extern declaration, so we normally output nothing.)  Do nothing if
2466    DECL is not external.  */
2467 
2468 void
2469 assemble_external (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2470 {
2471   /*  Make sure that the ASM_OUT_FILE is open.
2472       If it's not, we should not be calling this function.  */
2473   gcc_assert (asm_out_file);
2474 
2475   /* In a perfect world, the following condition would be true.
2476      Sadly, the Go front end emit assembly *from the front end*,
2477      bypassing the call graph.  See PR52739.  Fix before GCC 4.8.  */
2478 #if 0
2479   /* This function should only be called if we are expanding, or have
2480      expanded, to RTL.
2481      Ideally, only final.c would be calling this function, but it is
2482      not clear whether that would break things somehow.  See PR 17982
2483      for further discussion.  */
2484   gcc_assert (state == EXPANSION
2485 	      || state == FINISHED);
2486 #endif
2487 
2488   if (!DECL_P (decl) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) || !TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
2489     return;
2490 
2491   /* We want to output annotation for weak and external symbols at
2492      very last to check if they are references or not.  */
2493 
2494   if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
2495       && DECL_WEAK (decl)
2496       /* TREE_STATIC is a weird and abused creature which is not
2497 	 generally the right test for whether an entity has been
2498 	 locally emitted, inlined or otherwise not-really-extern, but
2499 	 for declarations that can be weak, it happens to be
2500 	 match.  */
2501       && !TREE_STATIC (decl)
2502       && lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))
2503       && value_member (decl, weak_decls) == NULL_TREE)
2504     weak_decls = tree_cons (NULL, decl, weak_decls);
2505 
2506 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
2507   if (pending_assemble_externals_processed)
2508     {
2509       assemble_external_real (decl);
2510       return;
2511     }
2512 
2513   if (! pending_assemble_externals_set->add (decl))
2514     pending_assemble_externals = tree_cons (NULL, decl,
2515 					    pending_assemble_externals);
2516 #endif
2517 }
2518 
2519 /* Similar, for calling a library function FUN.  */
2520 
2521 void
2522 assemble_external_libcall (rtx fun)
2523 {
2524   /* Declare library function name external when first used, if nec.  */
2525   if (! SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun))
2526     {
2527       SYMBOL_REF_USED (fun) = 1;
2528       targetm.asm_out.external_libcall (fun);
2529     }
2530 }
2531 
2532 /* Assemble a label named NAME.  */
2533 
2534 void
2535 assemble_label (FILE *file, const char *name)
2536 {
2537   ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file, name);
2538 }
2539 
2540 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for ID.  */
2541 void
2542 mark_referenced (tree id)
2543 {
2544   TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (id) = 1;
2545 }
2546 
2547 /* Set the symbol_referenced flag for DECL and notify callgraph.  */
2548 void
2549 mark_decl_referenced (tree decl)
2550 {
2551   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
2552     {
2553       /* Extern inline functions don't become needed when referenced.
2554 	 If we know a method will be emitted in other TU and no new
2555 	 functions can be marked reachable, just use the external
2556 	 definition.  */
2557       struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
2558       if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
2559 	  && !node->definition)
2560 	node->mark_force_output ();
2561     }
2562   else if (VAR_P (decl))
2563     {
2564       varpool_node *node = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
2565       /* C++ frontend use mark_decl_references to force COMDAT variables
2566          to be output that might appear dead otherwise.  */
2567       node->force_output = true;
2568     }
2569   /* else do nothing - we can get various sorts of CST nodes here,
2570      which do not need to be marked.  */
2571 }
2572 
2573 
2574 /* Output to FILE (an assembly file) a reference to NAME.  If NAME
2575    starts with a *, the rest of NAME is output verbatim.  Otherwise
2576    NAME is transformed in a target-specific way (usually by the
2577    addition of an underscore).  */
2578 
2579 void
2580 assemble_name_raw (FILE *file, const char *name)
2581 {
2582   if (name[0] == '*')
2583     fputs (&name[1], file);
2584   else
2585     ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (file, name);
2586 }
2587 
2588 /* Return NAME that should actually be emitted, looking through
2589    transparent aliases.  If NAME refers to an entity that is also
2590    represented as a tree (like a function or variable), mark the entity
2591    as referenced.  */
2592 const char *
2593 assemble_name_resolve (const char *name)
2594 {
2595   const char *real_name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
2596   tree id = maybe_get_identifier (real_name);
2597 
2598   if (id)
2599     {
2600       tree id_orig = id;
2601 
2602       mark_referenced (id);
2603       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
2604       if (id != id_orig)
2605 	name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
2606       gcc_assert (! TREE_CHAIN (id));
2607     }
2608 
2609   return name;
2610 }
2611 
2612 /* Like assemble_name_raw, but should be used when NAME might refer to
2613    an entity that is also represented as a tree (like a function or
2614    variable).  If NAME does refer to such an entity, that entity will
2615    be marked as referenced.  */
2616 
2617 void
2618 assemble_name (FILE *file, const char *name)
2619 {
2620   assemble_name_raw (file, assemble_name_resolve (name));
2621 }
2622 
2623 /* Allocate SIZE bytes writable static space with a gensym name
2624    and return an RTX to refer to its address.  */
2625 
2626 rtx
2627 assemble_static_space (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
2628 {
2629   char name[17];
2630   const char *namestring;
2631   rtx x;
2632 
2633   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LF", const_labelno);
2634   ++const_labelno;
2635   namestring = ggc_strdup (name);
2636 
2637   x = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, namestring);
2638   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (x) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2639 
2640 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL
2641   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (asm_out_file, NULL_TREE, name, size,
2642 				 BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2643 #else
2644 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL
2645   ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT);
2646 #else
2647   {
2648     /* Round size up to multiple of BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT bits
2649        so that each uninitialized object starts on such a boundary.  */
2650     /* Variable `rounded' might or might not be used in ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL.  */
2651     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT rounded ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
2652       = ((size + (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1)
2653 	 / (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT)
2654 	 * (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT));
2655     ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (asm_out_file, name, size, rounded);
2656   }
2657 #endif
2658 #endif
2659   return x;
2660 }
2661 
2662 /* Assemble the static constant template for function entry trampolines.
2663    This is done at most once per compilation.
2664    Returns an RTX for the address of the template.  */
2665 
2666 static GTY(()) rtx initial_trampoline;
2667 
2668 rtx
2669 assemble_trampoline_template (void)
2670 {
2671   char label[256];
2672   const char *name;
2673   int align;
2674   rtx symbol;
2675 
2676   gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template != NULL);
2677 
2678   if (initial_trampoline)
2679     return initial_trampoline;
2680 
2681   /* By default, put trampoline templates in read-only data section.  */
2682 
2683 #ifdef TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
2684   switch_to_section (TRAMPOLINE_SECTION);
2685 #else
2686   switch_to_section (readonly_data_section);
2687 #endif
2688 
2689   /* Write the assembler code to define one.  */
2690   align = floor_log2 (TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT);
2691   if (align > 0)
2692     ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
2693 
2694   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LTRAMP", 0);
2695   targetm.asm_out.trampoline_template (asm_out_file);
2696 
2697   /* Record the rtl to refer to it.  */
2698   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LTRAMP", 0);
2699   name = ggc_strdup (label);
2700   symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, name);
2701   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2702 
2703   initial_trampoline = gen_const_mem (BLKmode, symbol);
2704   set_mem_align (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT);
2705   set_mem_size (initial_trampoline, TRAMPOLINE_SIZE);
2706 
2707   return initial_trampoline;
2708 }
2709 
2710 /* A and B are either alignments or offsets.  Return the minimum alignment
2711    that may be assumed after adding the two together.  */
2712 
2713 static inline unsigned
2714 min_align (unsigned int a, unsigned int b)
2715 {
2716   return least_bit_hwi (a | b);
2717 }
2718 
2719 /* Return the assembler directive for creating a given kind of integer
2720    object.  SIZE is the number of bytes in the object and ALIGNED_P
2721    indicates whether it is known to be aligned.  Return NULL if the
2722    assembly dialect has no such directive.
2723 
2724    The returned string should be printed at the start of a new line and
2725    be followed immediately by the object's initial value.  */
2726 
2727 const char *
2728 integer_asm_op (int size, int aligned_p)
2729 {
2730   struct asm_int_op *ops;
2731 
2732   if (aligned_p)
2733     ops = &targetm.asm_out.aligned_op;
2734   else
2735     ops = &targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op;
2736 
2737   switch (size)
2738     {
2739     case 1:
2740       return targetm.asm_out.byte_op;
2741     case 2:
2742       return ops->hi;
2743     case 3:
2744       return ops->psi;
2745     case 4:
2746       return ops->si;
2747     case 5:
2748     case 6:
2749     case 7:
2750       return ops->pdi;
2751     case 8:
2752       return ops->di;
2753     case 9:
2754     case 10:
2755     case 11:
2756     case 12:
2757     case 13:
2758     case 14:
2759     case 15:
2760       return ops->pti;
2761     case 16:
2762       return ops->ti;
2763     default:
2764       return NULL;
2765     }
2766 }
2767 
2768 /* Use directive OP to assemble an integer object X.  Print OP at the
2769    start of the line, followed immediately by the value of X.  */
2770 
2771 void
2772 assemble_integer_with_op (const char *op, rtx x)
2773 {
2774   fputs (op, asm_out_file);
2775   output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
2776   fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
2777 }
2778 
2779 /* The default implementation of the asm_out.integer target hook.  */
2780 
2781 bool
2782 default_assemble_integer (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2783 			  unsigned int size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2784 			  int aligned_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2785 {
2786   const char *op = integer_asm_op (size, aligned_p);
2787   /* Avoid GAS bugs for large values.  Specifically negative values whose
2788      absolute value fits in a bfd_vma, but not in a bfd_signed_vma.  */
2789   if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD && size > POINTER_SIZE_UNITS)
2790     return false;
2791   return op && (assemble_integer_with_op (op, x), true);
2792 }
2793 
2794 /* Assemble the integer constant X into an object of SIZE bytes.  ALIGN is
2795    the alignment of the integer in bits.  Return 1 if we were able to output
2796    the constant, otherwise 0.  We must be able to output the constant,
2797    if FORCE is nonzero.  */
2798 
2799 bool
2800 assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, unsigned int align, int force)
2801 {
2802   int aligned_p;
2803 
2804   aligned_p = (align >= MIN (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT));
2805 
2806   /* See if the target hook can handle this kind of object.  */
2807   if (targetm.asm_out.integer (x, size, aligned_p))
2808     return true;
2809 
2810   /* If the object is a multi-byte one, try splitting it up.  Split
2811      it into words it if is multi-word, otherwise split it into bytes.  */
2812   if (size > 1)
2813     {
2814       machine_mode omode, imode;
2815       unsigned int subalign;
2816       unsigned int subsize, i;
2817       enum mode_class mclass;
2818 
2819       subsize = size > UNITS_PER_WORD? UNITS_PER_WORD : 1;
2820       subalign = MIN (align, subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
2821       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_FIXED)
2822 	mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x));
2823       else
2824 	mclass = MODE_INT;
2825 
2826       omode = mode_for_size (subsize * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2827       imode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, mclass, 0).require ();
2828 
2829       for (i = 0; i < size; i += subsize)
2830 	{
2831 	  rtx partial = simplify_subreg (omode, x, imode, i);
2832 	  if (!partial || !assemble_integer (partial, subsize, subalign, 0))
2833 	    break;
2834 	}
2835       if (i == size)
2836 	return true;
2837 
2838       /* If we've printed some of it, but not all of it, there's no going
2839 	 back now.  */
2840       gcc_assert (!i);
2841     }
2842 
2843   gcc_assert (!force);
2844 
2845   return false;
2846 }
2847 
2848 /* Assemble the floating-point constant D into an object of size MODE.  ALIGN
2849    is the alignment of the constant in bits.  If REVERSE is true, D is output
2850    in reverse storage order.  */
2851 
2852 void
2853 assemble_real (REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, scalar_float_mode mode, unsigned int align,
2854 	       bool reverse)
2855 {
2856   long data[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
2857   int bitsize, nelts, nunits, units_per;
2858   rtx elt;
2859 
2860   /* This is hairy.  We have a quantity of known size.  real_to_target
2861      will put it into an array of *host* longs, 32 bits per element
2862      (even if long is more than 32 bits).  We need to determine the
2863      number of array elements that are occupied (nelts) and the number
2864      of *target* min-addressable units that will be occupied in the
2865      object file (nunits).  We cannot assume that 32 divides the
2866      mode's bitsize (size * BITS_PER_UNIT) evenly.
2867 
2868      size * BITS_PER_UNIT is used here to make sure that padding bits
2869      (which might appear at either end of the value; real_to_target
2870      will include the padding bits in its output array) are included.  */
2871 
2872   nunits = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
2873   bitsize = nunits * BITS_PER_UNIT;
2874   nelts = CEIL (bitsize, 32);
2875   units_per = 32 / BITS_PER_UNIT;
2876 
2877   real_to_target (data, &d, mode);
2878 
2879   /* Put out the first word with the specified alignment.  */
2880   if (reverse)
2881     elt = flip_storage_order (SImode, gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1], SImode));
2882   else
2883     elt = GEN_INT (data[0]);
2884   assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2885   nunits -= units_per;
2886 
2887   /* Subsequent words need only 32-bit alignment.  */
2888   align = min_align (align, 32);
2889 
2890   for (int i = 1; i < nelts; i++)
2891     {
2892       if (reverse)
2893 	elt = flip_storage_order (SImode,
2894 				  gen_int_mode (data[nelts - 1 - i], SImode));
2895       else
2896 	elt = GEN_INT (data[i]);
2897       assemble_integer (elt, MIN (nunits, units_per), align, 1);
2898       nunits -= units_per;
2899     }
2900 }
2901 
2902 /* Given an expression EXP with a constant value,
2903    reduce it to the sum of an assembler symbol and an integer.
2904    Store them both in the structure *VALUE.
2905    EXP must be reducible.  */
2906 
2907 struct addr_const {
2908   rtx base;
2909   poly_int64 offset;
2910 };
2911 
2912 static void
2913 decode_addr_const (tree exp, struct addr_const *value)
2914 {
2915   tree target = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
2916   poly_int64 offset = 0;
2917   rtx x;
2918 
2919   while (1)
2920     {
2921       poly_int64 bytepos;
2922       if (TREE_CODE (target) == COMPONENT_REF
2923 	  && poly_int_tree_p (byte_position (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)),
2924 			      &bytepos))
2925 	{
2926 	  offset += bytepos;
2927 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2928 	}
2929       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_REF
2930 	       || TREE_CODE (target) == ARRAY_RANGE_REF)
2931 	{
2932 	  /* Truncate big offset.  */
2933 	  offset
2934 	    += (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (target)))
2935 		* wi::to_poly_widest (TREE_OPERAND (target, 1)).force_shwi ());
2936 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (target, 0);
2937 	}
2938       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == MEM_REF
2939 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
2940 	{
2941 	  offset += mem_ref_offset (target).force_shwi ();
2942 	  target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0);
2943 	}
2944       else if (TREE_CODE (target) == INDIRECT_REF
2945 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0)) == NOP_EXPR
2946 	       && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0))
2947 		  == ADDR_EXPR)
2948 	target = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0), 0), 0);
2949       else
2950 	break;
2951     }
2952 
2953   switch (TREE_CODE (target))
2954     {
2955     case VAR_DECL:
2956     case FUNCTION_DECL:
2957       x = DECL_RTL (target);
2958       break;
2959 
2960     case LABEL_DECL:
2961       x = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE,
2962 		       gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, force_label_rtx (target)));
2963       break;
2964 
2965     case REAL_CST:
2966     case FIXED_CST:
2967     case STRING_CST:
2968     case COMPLEX_CST:
2969     case CONSTRUCTOR:
2970     case INTEGER_CST:
2971       x = lookup_constant_def (target);
2972       /* Should have been added by output_addressed_constants.  */
2973       gcc_assert (x);
2974       break;
2975 
2976     case INDIRECT_REF:
2977       /* This deals with absolute addresses.  */
2978       offset += tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (target, 0));
2979       x = gen_rtx_MEM (QImode,
2980 		       gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "origin of addresses"));
2981       break;
2982 
2983     case COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR:
2984       gcc_assert (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2985       x = DECL_RTL (COMPOUND_LITERAL_EXPR_DECL (target));
2986       break;
2987 
2988     default:
2989       gcc_unreachable ();
2990     }
2991 
2992   gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
2993   x = XEXP (x, 0);
2994 
2995   value->base = x;
2996   value->offset = offset;
2997 }
2998 
2999 static GTY(()) hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *const_desc_htab;
3000 
3001 static void maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *, int);
3002 
3003 /* Constant pool accessor function.  */
3004 
3005 hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher> *
3006 constant_pool_htab (void)
3007 {
3008   return const_desc_htab;
3009 }
3010 
3011 /* Compute a hash code for a constant expression.  */
3012 
3013 hashval_t
3014 tree_descriptor_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_tree *ptr)
3015 {
3016   return ptr->hash;
3017 }
3018 
3019 static hashval_t
3020 const_hash_1 (const tree exp)
3021 {
3022   const char *p;
3023   hashval_t hi;
3024   int len, i;
3025   enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp);
3026 
3027   /* Either set P and LEN to the address and len of something to hash and
3028      exit the switch or return a value.  */
3029 
3030   switch (code)
3031     {
3032     case INTEGER_CST:
3033       p = (char *) &TREE_INT_CST_ELT (exp, 0);
3034       len = TREE_INT_CST_NUNITS (exp) * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3035       break;
3036 
3037     case REAL_CST:
3038       return real_hash (TREE_REAL_CST_PTR (exp));
3039 
3040     case FIXED_CST:
3041       return fixed_hash (TREE_FIXED_CST_PTR (exp));
3042 
3043     case STRING_CST:
3044       p = TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp);
3045       len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
3046       break;
3047 
3048     case COMPLEX_CST:
3049       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_REALPART (exp)) * 5
3050 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)));
3051 
3052     case VECTOR_CST:
3053       {
3054 	hi = 7 + VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (exp);
3055 	hi = hi * 563 + VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (exp);
3056 	unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (exp);
3057 	for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3058 	  hi = hi * 563 + const_hash_1 (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (exp, i));
3059 	return hi;
3060       }
3061 
3062     case CONSTRUCTOR:
3063       {
3064 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3065 	tree value;
3066 
3067 	hi = 5 + int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3068 
3069 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, value)
3070 	  if (value)
3071 	    hi = hi * 603 + const_hash_1 (value);
3072 
3073 	return hi;
3074       }
3075 
3076     case ADDR_EXPR:
3077       if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))
3078        return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
3079 
3080       /* Fallthru.  */
3081     case FDESC_EXPR:
3082       {
3083 	struct addr_const value;
3084 
3085 	decode_addr_const (exp, &value);
3086 	switch (GET_CODE (value.base))
3087 	  {
3088 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
3089 	    /* Don't hash the address of the SYMBOL_REF;
3090 	       only use the offset and the symbol name.  */
3091 	    hi = value.offset.coeffs[0];
3092 	    p = XSTR (value.base, 0);
3093 	    for (i = 0; p[i] != 0; i++)
3094 	      hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3095 	    break;
3096 
3097 	  case LABEL_REF:
3098 	    hi = (value.offset.coeffs[0]
3099 		  + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value.base)) * 13);
3100 	    break;
3101 
3102 	  default:
3103 	    gcc_unreachable ();
3104 	  }
3105       }
3106       return hi;
3107 
3108     case PLUS_EXPR:
3109     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3110     case MINUS_EXPR:
3111       return (const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 9
3112 	      + const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)));
3113 
3114     CASE_CONVERT:
3115       return const_hash_1 (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) * 7 + 2;
3116 
3117     default:
3118       /* A language specific constant. Just hash the code.  */
3119       return code;
3120     }
3121 
3122   /* Compute hashing function.  */
3123   hi = len;
3124   for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3125     hi = ((hi * 613) + (unsigned) (p[i]));
3126 
3127   return hi;
3128 }
3129 
3130 /* Wrapper of compare_constant, for the htab interface.  */
3131 bool
3132 tree_descriptor_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_tree *c1,
3133 			       constant_descriptor_tree *c2)
3134 {
3135   if (c1->hash != c2->hash)
3136     return 0;
3137   return compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value);
3138 }
3139 
3140 /* Compare t1 and t2, and return 1 only if they are known to result in
3141    the same bit pattern on output.  */
3142 
3143 static int
3144 compare_constant (const tree t1, const tree t2)
3145 {
3146   enum tree_code typecode;
3147 
3148   if (t1 == NULL_TREE)
3149     return t2 == NULL_TREE;
3150   if (t2 == NULL_TREE)
3151     return 0;
3152 
3153   if (TREE_CODE (t1) != TREE_CODE (t2))
3154     return 0;
3155 
3156   switch (TREE_CODE (t1))
3157     {
3158     case INTEGER_CST:
3159       /* Integer constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3160       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3161 	return 0;
3162       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3163 	return 0;
3164       return tree_int_cst_equal (t1, t2);
3165 
3166     case REAL_CST:
3167       /* Real constants are the same only if the same width of type.  In
3168 	 addition to the same width, we need to check whether the modes are the
3169 	 same.  There might be two floating point modes that are the same size
3170 	 but have different representations, such as the PowerPC that has 2
3171 	 different 128-bit floating point types (IBM extended double and IEEE
3172 	 128-bit floating point).  */
3173       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3174 	return 0;
3175       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3176 	return 0;
3177       return real_identical (&TREE_REAL_CST (t1), &TREE_REAL_CST (t2));
3178 
3179     case FIXED_CST:
3180       /* Fixed constants are the same only if the same width of type.  */
3181       if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3182 	return 0;
3183 
3184       return FIXED_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_FIXED_CST (t1), TREE_FIXED_CST (t2));
3185 
3186     case STRING_CST:
3187       if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3188 	  || int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3189 	     != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3190 	return 0;
3191 
3192       return (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1) == TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t2)
3193 	      && ! memcmp (TREE_STRING_POINTER (t1), TREE_STRING_POINTER (t2),
3194 			 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (t1)));
3195 
3196     case COMPLEX_CST:
3197       return (compare_constant (TREE_REALPART (t1), TREE_REALPART (t2))
3198 	      && compare_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (t1), TREE_IMAGPART (t2)));
3199 
3200     case VECTOR_CST:
3201       {
3202 	if (VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t1)
3203 	    != VECTOR_CST_NPATTERNS (t2))
3204 	  return 0;
3205 
3206 	if (VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t1)
3207 	    != VECTOR_CST_NELTS_PER_PATTERN (t2))
3208 	  return 0;
3209 
3210 	unsigned int count = vector_cst_encoded_nelts (t1);
3211 	for (unsigned int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
3212 	  if (!compare_constant (VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t1, i),
3213 				 VECTOR_CST_ENCODED_ELT (t2, i)))
3214 	    return 0;
3215 
3216 	return 1;
3217       }
3218 
3219     case CONSTRUCTOR:
3220       {
3221 	vec<constructor_elt, va_gc> *v1, *v2;
3222 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
3223 
3224 	typecode = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3225 	if (typecode != TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3226 	  return 0;
3227 
3228 	if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3229 	  {
3230 	    HOST_WIDE_INT size_1 = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t1));
3231 	    /* For arrays, check that mode, size and storage order match.  */
3232 	    if (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t1)) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3233 		|| size_1 == -1
3234 		|| size_1 != int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (t2))
3235 		|| TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t1))
3236 		   != TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (t2)))
3237 	      return 0;
3238 	  }
3239 	else
3240 	  {
3241 	    /* For record and union constructors, require exact type
3242                equality.  */
3243 	    if (TREE_TYPE (t1) != TREE_TYPE (t2))
3244 	      return 0;
3245 	  }
3246 
3247 	v1 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t1);
3248 	v2 = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (t2);
3249 	if (vec_safe_length (v1) != vec_safe_length (v2))
3250 	  return 0;
3251 
3252 	for (idx = 0; idx < vec_safe_length (v1); ++idx)
3253 	  {
3254 	    constructor_elt *c1 = &(*v1)[idx];
3255 	    constructor_elt *c2 = &(*v2)[idx];
3256 
3257 	    /* Check that each value is the same...  */
3258 	    if (!compare_constant (c1->value, c2->value))
3259 	      return 0;
3260 	    /* ... and that they apply to the same fields!  */
3261 	    if (typecode == ARRAY_TYPE)
3262 	      {
3263 		if (!compare_constant (c1->index, c2->index))
3264 		  return 0;
3265 	      }
3266 	    else
3267 	      {
3268 		if (c1->index != c2->index)
3269 		  return 0;
3270 	      }
3271 	  }
3272 
3273 	return 1;
3274       }
3275 
3276     case ADDR_EXPR:
3277     case FDESC_EXPR:
3278       {
3279 	struct addr_const value1, value2;
3280 	enum rtx_code code;
3281 	int ret;
3282 
3283 	decode_addr_const (t1, &value1);
3284 	decode_addr_const (t2, &value2);
3285 
3286 	if (maybe_ne (value1.offset, value2.offset))
3287 	  return 0;
3288 
3289 	code = GET_CODE (value1.base);
3290 	if (code != GET_CODE (value2.base))
3291 	  return 0;
3292 
3293 	switch (code)
3294 	  {
3295 	  case SYMBOL_REF:
3296 	    ret = (strcmp (XSTR (value1.base, 0), XSTR (value2.base, 0)) == 0);
3297 	    break;
3298 
3299 	  case LABEL_REF:
3300 	    ret = (CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value1.base))
3301 		   == CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (value2.base)));
3302 	    break;
3303 
3304 	  default:
3305 	    gcc_unreachable ();
3306 	  }
3307 	return ret;
3308       }
3309 
3310     case PLUS_EXPR:
3311     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
3312     case MINUS_EXPR:
3313     case RANGE_EXPR:
3314       return (compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0))
3315 	      && compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 1), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 1)));
3316 
3317     CASE_CONVERT:
3318     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
3319       return compare_constant (TREE_OPERAND (t1, 0), TREE_OPERAND (t2, 0));
3320 
3321     default:
3322       return 0;
3323     }
3324 
3325   gcc_unreachable ();
3326 }
3327 
3328 /* Return the section into which constant EXP should be placed.  */
3329 
3330 static section *
3331 get_constant_section (tree exp, unsigned int align)
3332 {
3333   return targetm.asm_out.select_section (exp,
3334 					 compute_reloc_for_constant (exp),
3335 					 align);
3336 }
3337 
3338 /* Return the size of constant EXP in bytes.  */
3339 
3340 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3341 get_constant_size (tree exp)
3342 {
3343   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3344 
3345   size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
3346   gcc_checking_assert (size >= 0);
3347   gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) != STRING_CST
3348 		       || size >= TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp));
3349   return size;
3350 }
3351 
3352 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def:
3353    No constant equal to EXP is known to have been output.
3354    Make a constant descriptor to enter EXP in the hash table.
3355    Assign the label number and construct RTL to refer to the
3356    constant's location in memory.
3357    Caller is responsible for updating the hash table.  */
3358 
3359 static struct constant_descriptor_tree *
3360 build_constant_desc (tree exp)
3361 {
3362   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc;
3363   rtx symbol, rtl;
3364   char label[256];
3365   int labelno;
3366   tree decl;
3367 
3368   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_tree> ();
3369   desc->value = exp;
3370 
3371   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3372   labelno = const_labelno++;
3373   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", labelno);
3374 
3375   /* Construct the VAR_DECL associated with the constant.  */
3376   decl = build_decl (UNKNOWN_LOCATION, VAR_DECL, get_identifier (label),
3377 		     TREE_TYPE (exp));
3378   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
3379   DECL_IGNORED_P (decl) = 1;
3380   TREE_READONLY (decl) = 1;
3381   TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
3382   TREE_ADDRESSABLE (decl) = 1;
3383   /* We don't set the RTL yet as this would cause varpool to assume that the
3384      variable is referenced.  Moreover, it would just be dropped in LTO mode.
3385      Instead we set the flag that will be recognized in make_decl_rtl.  */
3386   DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl) = 1;
3387   DECL_INITIAL (decl) = desc->value;
3388   /* ??? targetm.constant_alignment hasn't been updated for vector types on
3389      most architectures so use DATA_ALIGNMENT as well, except for strings.  */
3390   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST)
3391     SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, targetm.constant_alignment (exp, DECL_ALIGN (decl)));
3392   else
3393     align_variable (decl, 0);
3394 
3395   /* Now construct the SYMBOL_REF and the MEM.  */
3396   if (use_object_blocks_p ())
3397     {
3398       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3399 		   || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3400 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3401 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3402       section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3403       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3404 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3405     }
3406   else
3407     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3408   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3409   SET_SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol, decl);
3410   TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3411 
3412   rtl = gen_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), symbol);
3413   set_mem_attributes (rtl, exp, 1);
3414   set_mem_alias_set (rtl, 0);
3415 
3416   /* Putting EXP into the literal pool might have imposed a different
3417      alignment which should be visible in the RTX as well.  */
3418   set_mem_align (rtl, DECL_ALIGN (decl));
3419 
3420   /* We cannot share RTX'es in pool entries.
3421      Mark this piece of RTL as required for unsharing.  */
3422   RTX_FLAG (rtl, used) = 1;
3423 
3424   /* Set flags or add text to the name to record information, such as
3425      that it is a local symbol.  If the name is changed, the macro
3426      ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF will have to know how to strip this
3427      information.  This call might invalidate our local variable
3428      SYMBOL; we can't use it afterward.  */
3429   targetm.encode_section_info (exp, rtl, true);
3430 
3431   desc->rtl = rtl;
3432 
3433   return desc;
3434 }
3435 
3436 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def and tree_output_constant_def:
3437    Add a constant to the hash table that tracks which constants
3438    already have labels.  */
3439 
3440 static constant_descriptor_tree *
3441 add_constant_to_table (tree exp)
3442 {
3443   /* The hash table methods may call output_constant_def for addressed
3444      constants, so handle them first.  */
3445   output_addressed_constants (exp);
3446 
3447   /* Sanity check to catch recursive insertion.  */
3448   static bool inserting;
3449   gcc_assert (!inserting);
3450   inserting = true;
3451 
3452   /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  If we didn't
3453      find it, create a new one.  */
3454   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3455   key.value = exp;
3456   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3457   constant_descriptor_tree **loc
3458     = const_desc_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&key, key.hash, INSERT);
3459 
3460   inserting = false;
3461 
3462   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = *loc;
3463   if (!desc)
3464     {
3465       desc = build_constant_desc (exp);
3466       desc->hash = key.hash;
3467       *loc = desc;
3468     }
3469 
3470   return desc;
3471 }
3472 
3473 /* Return an rtx representing a reference to constant data in memory
3474    for the constant expression EXP.
3475 
3476    If assembler code for such a constant has already been output,
3477    return an rtx to refer to it.
3478    Otherwise, output such a constant in memory
3479    and generate an rtx for it.
3480 
3481    If DEFER is nonzero, this constant can be deferred and output only
3482    if referenced in the function after all optimizations.
3483 
3484    `const_desc_table' records which constants already have label strings.  */
3485 
3486 rtx
3487 output_constant_def (tree exp, int defer)
3488 {
3489   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3490   maybe_output_constant_def_contents (desc, defer);
3491   return desc->rtl;
3492 }
3493 
3494 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def: Decide whether or not we need to
3495    output the constant DESC now, and if so, do it.  */
3496 static void
3497 maybe_output_constant_def_contents (struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc,
3498 				    int defer)
3499 {
3500   rtx symbol = XEXP (desc->rtl, 0);
3501   tree exp = desc->value;
3502 
3503   if (flag_syntax_only)
3504     return;
3505 
3506   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp))
3507     /* Already output; don't do it again.  */
3508     return;
3509 
3510   /* We can always defer constants as long as the context allows
3511      doing so.  */
3512   if (defer)
3513     {
3514       /* Increment n_deferred_constants if it exists.  It needs to be at
3515 	 least as large as the number of constants actually referred to
3516 	 by the function.  If it's too small we'll stop looking too early
3517 	 and fail to emit constants; if it's too large we'll only look
3518 	 through the entire function when we could have stopped earlier.  */
3519       if (cfun)
3520 	n_deferred_constants++;
3521       return;
3522     }
3523 
3524   output_constant_def_contents (symbol);
3525 }
3526 
3527 /* Subroutine of output_constant_def_contents.  Output the definition
3528    of constant EXP, which is pointed to by label LABEL.  ALIGN is the
3529    constant's alignment in bits.  */
3530 
3531 static void
3532 assemble_constant_contents (tree exp, const char *label, unsigned int align,
3533 			    bool merge_strings)
3534 {
3535   HOST_WIDE_INT size;
3536 
3537   size = get_constant_size (exp);
3538 
3539   /* Do any machine/system dependent processing of the constant.  */
3540   targetm.asm_out.declare_constant_name (asm_out_file, label, exp, size);
3541 
3542   /* Output the value of EXP.  */
3543   output_constant (exp, size, align, false, merge_strings);
3544 
3545   targetm.asm_out.decl_end ();
3546 }
3547 
3548 /* We must output the constant data referred to by SYMBOL; do so.  */
3549 
3550 static void
3551 output_constant_def_contents (rtx symbol)
3552 {
3553   tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
3554   tree exp = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
3555   bool asan_protected = false;
3556 
3557   /* Make sure any other constants whose addresses appear in EXP
3558      are assigned label numbers.  */
3559   output_addressed_constants (exp);
3560 
3561   /* We are no longer deferring this constant.  */
3562   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (exp) = 1;
3563 
3564   if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
3565       && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST
3566       && asan_protect_global (exp))
3567     {
3568       asan_protected = true;
3569       SET_DECL_ALIGN (decl, MAX (DECL_ALIGN (decl),
3570 				 ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT));
3571     }
3572 
3573   /* If the constant is part of an object block, make sure that the
3574      decl has been positioned within its block, but do not write out
3575      its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do that later.  */
3576   if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (symbol) && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol))
3577     place_block_symbol (symbol);
3578   else
3579     {
3580       int align = (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL
3581 		   || (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl))
3582 		   ? DECL_ALIGN (decl)
3583 		   : symtab_node::get (decl)->definition_alignment ());
3584       section *sect = get_constant_section (exp, align);
3585       switch_to_section (sect);
3586       if (align > BITS_PER_UNIT)
3587 	ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
3588       assemble_constant_contents (exp, XSTR (symbol, 0), align,
3589 				  (sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE)
3590 				  && (sect->common.flags & SECTION_STRINGS));
3591       if (asan_protected)
3592 	{
3593 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size = get_constant_size (exp);
3594 	  assemble_zeros (asan_red_zone_size (size));
3595 	}
3596     }
3597 }
3598 
3599 /* Look up EXP in the table of constant descriptors.  Return the rtl
3600    if it has been emitted, else null.  */
3601 
3602 rtx
3603 lookup_constant_def (tree exp)
3604 {
3605   struct constant_descriptor_tree key;
3606 
3607   key.value = exp;
3608   key.hash = const_hash_1 (exp);
3609   constant_descriptor_tree *desc
3610     = const_desc_htab->find_with_hash (&key, key.hash);
3611 
3612   return (desc ? desc->rtl : NULL_RTX);
3613 }
3614 
3615 /* Return a tree representing a reference to constant data in memory
3616    for the constant expression EXP.
3617 
3618    This is the counterpart of output_constant_def at the Tree level.  */
3619 
3620 tree
3621 tree_output_constant_def (tree exp)
3622 {
3623   struct constant_descriptor_tree *desc = add_constant_to_table (exp);
3624   tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (desc->rtl, 0));
3625   varpool_node::finalize_decl (decl);
3626   return decl;
3627 }
3628 
3629 struct GTY((chain_next ("%h.next"), for_user)) constant_descriptor_rtx {
3630   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *next;
3631   rtx mem;
3632   rtx sym;
3633   rtx constant;
3634   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3635   hashval_t hash;
3636   fixed_size_mode mode;
3637   unsigned int align;
3638   int labelno;
3639   int mark;
3640 };
3641 
3642 struct const_rtx_desc_hasher : ggc_ptr_hash<constant_descriptor_rtx>
3643 {
3644   static hashval_t hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3645   static bool equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *, constant_descriptor_rtx *);
3646 };
3647 
3648 /* Used in the hash tables to avoid outputting the same constant
3649    twice.  Unlike 'struct constant_descriptor_tree', RTX constants
3650    are output once per function, not once per file.  */
3651 /* ??? Only a few targets need per-function constant pools.  Most
3652    can use one per-file pool.  Should add a targetm bit to tell the
3653    difference.  */
3654 
3655 struct GTY(()) rtx_constant_pool {
3656   /* Pointers to first and last constant in pool, as ordered by offset.  */
3657   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *first;
3658   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *last;
3659 
3660   /* Hash facility for making memory-constants from constant rtl-expressions.
3661      It is used on RISC machines where immediate integer arguments and
3662      constant addresses are restricted so that such constants must be stored
3663      in memory.  */
3664   hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher> *const_rtx_htab;
3665 
3666   /* Current offset in constant pool (does not include any
3667      machine-specific header).  */
3668   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
3669 };
3670 
3671 /* Hash and compare functions for const_rtx_htab.  */
3672 
3673 hashval_t
3674 const_rtx_desc_hasher::hash (constant_descriptor_rtx *desc)
3675 {
3676   return desc->hash;
3677 }
3678 
3679 bool
3680 const_rtx_desc_hasher::equal (constant_descriptor_rtx *x,
3681 			      constant_descriptor_rtx *y)
3682 {
3683   if (x->mode != y->mode)
3684     return 0;
3685   return rtx_equal_p (x->constant, y->constant);
3686 }
3687 
3688 /* Hash one component of a constant.  */
3689 
3690 static hashval_t
3691 const_rtx_hash_1 (const_rtx x)
3692 {
3693   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hwi;
3694   machine_mode mode;
3695   enum rtx_code code;
3696   hashval_t h;
3697   int i;
3698 
3699   code = GET_CODE (x);
3700   mode = GET_MODE (x);
3701   h = (hashval_t) code * 1048573 + mode;
3702 
3703   switch (code)
3704     {
3705     case CONST_INT:
3706       hwi = INTVAL (x);
3707 
3708     fold_hwi:
3709       {
3710 	int shift = sizeof (hashval_t) * CHAR_BIT;
3711 	const int n = sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT) / sizeof (hashval_t);
3712 
3713 	h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3714 	for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
3715 	  {
3716 	    hwi >>= shift;
3717 	    h ^= (hashval_t) hwi;
3718 	  }
3719       }
3720       break;
3721 
3722     case CONST_WIDE_INT:
3723       hwi = 0;
3724       {
3725 	for (i = 0; i < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x); i++)
3726 	  hwi ^= CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x, i);
3727 	goto fold_hwi;
3728       }
3729 
3730     case CONST_DOUBLE:
3731       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT == 0 && mode == VOIDmode)
3732 	{
3733 	  hwi = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) ^ CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
3734 	  goto fold_hwi;
3735 	}
3736       else
3737 	h ^= real_hash (CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x));
3738       break;
3739 
3740     case CONST_FIXED:
3741       h ^= fixed_hash (CONST_FIXED_VALUE (x));
3742       break;
3743 
3744     case SYMBOL_REF:
3745       h ^= htab_hash_string (XSTR (x, 0));
3746       break;
3747 
3748     case LABEL_REF:
3749       h = h * 251 + CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (label_ref_label (x));
3750       break;
3751 
3752     case UNSPEC:
3753     case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3754       h = h * 251 + XINT (x, 1);
3755       break;
3756 
3757     default:
3758       break;
3759     }
3760 
3761   return h;
3762 }
3763 
3764 /* Compute a hash value for X, which should be a constant.  */
3765 
3766 static hashval_t
3767 const_rtx_hash (rtx x)
3768 {
3769   hashval_t h = 0;
3770   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
3771   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
3772     h = h * 509 + const_rtx_hash_1 (*iter);
3773   return h;
3774 }
3775 
3776 
3777 /* Create and return a new rtx constant pool.  */
3778 
3779 static struct rtx_constant_pool *
3780 create_constant_pool (void)
3781 {
3782   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3783 
3784   pool = ggc_alloc<rtx_constant_pool> ();
3785   pool->const_rtx_htab = hash_table<const_rtx_desc_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
3786   pool->first = NULL;
3787   pool->last = NULL;
3788   pool->offset = 0;
3789   return pool;
3790 }
3791 
3792 /* Initialize constant pool hashing for a new function.  */
3793 
3794 void
3795 init_varasm_status (void)
3796 {
3797   crtl->varasm.pool = create_constant_pool ();
3798   crtl->varasm.deferred_constants = 0;
3799 }
3800 
3801 /* Given a MINUS expression, simplify it if both sides
3802    include the same symbol.  */
3803 
3804 rtx
3805 simplify_subtraction (rtx x)
3806 {
3807   rtx r = simplify_rtx (x);
3808   return r ? r : x;
3809 }
3810 
3811 /* Given a constant rtx X, make (or find) a memory constant for its value
3812    and return a MEM rtx to refer to it in memory.  IN_MODE is the mode
3813    of X.  */
3814 
3815 rtx
3816 force_const_mem (machine_mode in_mode, rtx x)
3817 {
3818   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc, tmp;
3819   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool;
3820   char label[256];
3821   rtx def, symbol;
3822   hashval_t hash;
3823   unsigned int align;
3824   constant_descriptor_rtx **slot;
3825   fixed_size_mode mode;
3826 
3827   /* We can't force variable-sized objects to memory.  */
3828   if (!is_a <fixed_size_mode> (in_mode, &mode))
3829     return NULL_RTX;
3830 
3831   /* If we're not allowed to drop X into the constant pool, don't.  */
3832   if (targetm.cannot_force_const_mem (mode, x))
3833     return NULL_RTX;
3834 
3835   /* Record that this function has used a constant pool entry.  */
3836   crtl->uses_const_pool = 1;
3837 
3838   /* Decide which pool to use.  */
3839   pool = (targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x)
3840 	  ? shared_constant_pool
3841 	  : crtl->varasm.pool);
3842 
3843   /* Lookup the value in the hashtable.  */
3844   tmp.constant = x;
3845   tmp.mode = mode;
3846   hash = const_rtx_hash (x);
3847   slot = pool->const_rtx_htab->find_slot_with_hash (&tmp, hash, INSERT);
3848   desc = *slot;
3849 
3850   /* If the constant was already present, return its memory.  */
3851   if (desc)
3852     return copy_rtx (desc->mem);
3853 
3854   /* Otherwise, create a new descriptor.  */
3855   desc = ggc_alloc<constant_descriptor_rtx> ();
3856   *slot = desc;
3857 
3858   /* Align the location counter as required by EXP's data type.  */
3859   machine_mode align_mode = (mode == VOIDmode ? word_mode : mode);
3860   align = targetm.static_rtx_alignment (align_mode);
3861 
3862   pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
3863   pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
3864 
3865   desc->next = NULL;
3866   desc->constant = copy_rtx (tmp.constant);
3867   desc->offset = pool->offset;
3868   desc->hash = hash;
3869   desc->mode = mode;
3870   desc->align = align;
3871   desc->labelno = const_labelno;
3872   desc->mark = 0;
3873 
3874   pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
3875   if (pool->last)
3876     pool->last->next = desc;
3877   else
3878     pool->first = pool->last = desc;
3879   pool->last = desc;
3880 
3881   /* Create a string containing the label name, in LABEL.  */
3882   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LC", const_labelno);
3883   ++const_labelno;
3884 
3885   /* Construct the SYMBOL_REF.  Make sure to mark it as belonging to
3886      the constants pool.  */
3887   if (use_object_blocks_p () && targetm.use_blocks_for_constant_p (mode, x))
3888     {
3889       section *sect = targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section (mode, x, align);
3890       symbol = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label),
3891 				    get_block_for_section (sect), -1);
3892     }
3893   else
3894     symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (label));
3895   desc->sym = symbol;
3896   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3897   CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol) = 1;
3898   SET_SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol, desc);
3899 
3900   /* Construct the MEM.  */
3901   desc->mem = def = gen_const_mem (mode, symbol);
3902   set_mem_align (def, align);
3903 
3904   /* If we're dropping a label to the constant pool, make sure we
3905      don't delete it.  */
3906   if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3907     LABEL_PRESERVE_P (XEXP (x, 0)) = 1;
3908 
3909   return copy_rtx (def);
3910 }
3911 
3912 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant.  */
3913 
3914 rtx
3915 get_pool_constant (const_rtx addr)
3916 {
3917   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->constant;
3918 }
3919 
3920 /* Given a constant pool SYMBOL_REF, return the corresponding constant
3921    and whether it has been output or not.  */
3922 
3923 rtx
3924 get_pool_constant_mark (rtx addr, bool *pmarked)
3925 {
3926   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
3927 
3928   desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr);
3929   *pmarked = (desc->mark != 0);
3930   return desc->constant;
3931 }
3932 
3933 /* Similar, return the mode.  */
3934 
3935 fixed_size_mode
3936 get_pool_mode (const_rtx addr)
3937 {
3938   return SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (addr)->mode;
3939 }
3940 
3941 /* Return TRUE if and only if the constant pool has no entries.  Note
3942    that even entries we might end up choosing not to emit are counted
3943    here, so there is the potential for missed optimizations.  */
3944 
3945 bool
3946 constant_pool_empty_p (void)
3947 {
3948   return crtl->varasm.pool->first == NULL;
3949 }
3950 
3951 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool_1.  Emit assembly for X
3952    in MODE with known alignment ALIGN.  */
3953 
3954 static void
3955 output_constant_pool_2 (fixed_size_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned int align)
3956 {
3957   switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
3958     {
3959     case MODE_FLOAT:
3960     case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
3961       {
3962 	gcc_assert (CONST_DOUBLE_AS_FLOAT_P (x));
3963 	assemble_real (*CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (x),
3964 		       as_a <scalar_float_mode> (mode), align, false);
3965 	break;
3966       }
3967 
3968     case MODE_INT:
3969     case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
3970     case MODE_FRACT:
3971     case MODE_UFRACT:
3972     case MODE_ACCUM:
3973     case MODE_UACCUM:
3974       assemble_integer (x, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), align, 1);
3975       break;
3976 
3977     case MODE_VECTOR_BOOL:
3978       {
3979 	gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
3980 
3981 	/* Pick the smallest integer mode that contains at least one
3982 	   whole element.  Often this is byte_mode and contains more
3983 	   than one element.  */
3984 	unsigned int nelts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
3985 	unsigned int elt_bits = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) / nelts;
3986 	unsigned int int_bits = MAX (elt_bits, BITS_PER_UNIT);
3987 	scalar_int_mode int_mode = int_mode_for_size (int_bits, 0).require ();
3988 
3989 	/* Build the constant up one integer at a time.  */
3990 	unsigned int elts_per_int = int_bits / elt_bits;
3991 	for (unsigned int i = 0; i < nelts; i += elts_per_int)
3992 	  {
3993 	    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = 0;
3994 	    unsigned int limit = MIN (nelts - i, elts_per_int);
3995 	    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < limit; ++j)
3996 	      if (INTVAL (CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i + j)) != 0)
3997 		value |= 1 << (j * elt_bits);
3998 	    output_constant_pool_2 (int_mode, gen_int_mode (value, int_mode),
3999 				    i != 0 ? MIN (align, int_bits) : align);
4000 	  }
4001 	break;
4002       }
4003     case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
4004     case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
4005     case MODE_VECTOR_FRACT:
4006     case MODE_VECTOR_UFRACT:
4007     case MODE_VECTOR_ACCUM:
4008     case MODE_VECTOR_UACCUM:
4009       {
4010 	int i, units;
4011 	scalar_mode submode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
4012 	unsigned int subalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (submode));
4013 
4014 	gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_VECTOR);
4015 	units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
4016 
4017 	for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
4018 	  {
4019 	    rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (x, i);
4020 	    output_constant_pool_2 (submode, elt, i ? subalign : align);
4021 	  }
4022       }
4023       break;
4024 
4025     default:
4026       gcc_unreachable ();
4027     }
4028 }
4029 
4030 /* Worker function for output_constant_pool.  Emit constant DESC,
4031    giving it ALIGN bits of alignment.  */
4032 
4033 static void
4034 output_constant_pool_1 (struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc,
4035 			unsigned int align)
4036 {
4037   rtx x, tmp;
4038 
4039   x = desc->constant;
4040 
4041   /* See if X is a LABEL_REF (or a CONST referring to a LABEL_REF)
4042      whose CODE_LABEL has been deleted.  This can occur if a jump table
4043      is eliminated by optimization.  If so, write a constant of zero
4044      instead.  Note that this can also happen by turning the
4045      CODE_LABEL into a NOTE.  */
4046   /* ??? This seems completely and utterly wrong.  Certainly it's
4047      not true for NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL, but I disbelieve proper
4048      functioning even with rtx_insn::deleted and friends.  */
4049 
4050   tmp = x;
4051   switch (GET_CODE (tmp))
4052     {
4053     case CONST:
4054       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp, 0)) != PLUS
4055 	  || GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0)) != LABEL_REF)
4056 	break;
4057       tmp = XEXP (XEXP (tmp, 0), 0);
4058       /* FALLTHRU  */
4059 
4060     case LABEL_REF:
4061       {
4062 	rtx_insn *insn = label_ref_label (tmp);
4063 	gcc_assert (!insn->deleted ());
4064 	gcc_assert (!NOTE_P (insn)
4065 		    || NOTE_KIND (insn) != NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
4066 	break;
4067       }
4068 
4069     default:
4070       break;
4071     }
4072 
4073 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4074   ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (asm_out_file, x, desc->mode,
4075 				 align, desc->labelno, done);
4076 #endif
4077 
4078   assemble_align (align);
4079 
4080   /* Output the label.  */
4081   targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, "LC", desc->labelno);
4082 
4083   /* Output the data.
4084      Pass actual alignment value while emitting string constant to asm code
4085      as function 'output_constant_pool_1' explicitly passes the alignment as 1
4086      assuming that the data is already aligned which prevents the generation
4087      of fix-up table entries.  */
4088   output_constant_pool_2 (desc->mode, x, desc->align);
4089 
4090   /* Make sure all constants in SECTION_MERGE and not SECTION_STRINGS
4091      sections have proper size.  */
4092   if (align > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (desc->mode)
4093       && in_section
4094       && (in_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE))
4095     assemble_align (align);
4096 
4097 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY
4098  done:
4099 #endif
4100   return;
4101 }
4102 
4103 /* Recompute the offsets of entries in POOL, and the overall size of
4104    POOL.  Do this after calling mark_constant_pool to ensure that we
4105    are computing the offset values for the pool which we will actually
4106    emit.  */
4107 
4108 static void
4109 recompute_pool_offsets (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4110 {
4111   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4112   pool->offset = 0;
4113 
4114   for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4115     if (desc->mark)
4116       {
4117 	  /* Recalculate offset.  */
4118 	unsigned int align = desc->align;
4119 	pool->offset += (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1;
4120 	pool->offset &= ~ ((align / BITS_PER_UNIT) - 1);
4121 	desc->offset = pool->offset;
4122 	pool->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
4123       }
4124 }
4125 
4126 /* Mark all constants that are referenced by SYMBOL_REFs in X.
4127    Emit referenced deferred strings.  */
4128 
4129 static void
4130 mark_constants_in_pattern (rtx insn)
4131 {
4132   subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
4133   FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, PATTERN (insn), ALL)
4134     {
4135       const_rtx x = *iter;
4136       if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
4137 	{
4138 	  if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4139 	    {
4140 	      struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (x);
4141 	      if (desc->mark == 0)
4142 		{
4143 		  desc->mark = 1;
4144 		  iter.substitute (desc->constant);
4145 		}
4146 	    }
4147 	  else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
4148 	    {
4149 	      tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x);
4150 	      if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
4151 		{
4152 		  n_deferred_constants--;
4153 		  output_constant_def_contents (CONST_CAST_RTX (x));
4154 		}
4155 	    }
4156 	}
4157     }
4158 }
4159 
4160 /* Look through appropriate parts of INSN, marking all entries in the
4161    constant pool which are actually being used.  Entries that are only
4162    referenced by other constants are also marked as used.  Emit
4163    deferred strings that are used.  */
4164 
4165 static void
4166 mark_constants (rtx_insn *insn)
4167 {
4168   if (!INSN_P (insn))
4169     return;
4170 
4171   /* Insns may appear inside a SEQUENCE.  Only check the patterns of
4172      insns, not any notes that may be attached.  We don't want to mark
4173      a constant just because it happens to appear in a REG_EQUIV note.  */
4174   if (rtx_sequence *seq = dyn_cast <rtx_sequence *> (PATTERN (insn)))
4175     {
4176       int i, n = seq->len ();
4177       for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
4178 	{
4179 	  rtx subinsn = seq->element (i);
4180 	  if (INSN_P (subinsn))
4181 	    mark_constants_in_pattern (subinsn);
4182 	}
4183     }
4184   else
4185     mark_constants_in_pattern (insn);
4186 }
4187 
4188 /* Look through the instructions for this function, and mark all the
4189    entries in POOL which are actually being used.  Emit deferred constants
4190    which have indeed been used.  */
4191 
4192 static void
4193 mark_constant_pool (void)
4194 {
4195   rtx_insn *insn;
4196 
4197   if (!crtl->uses_const_pool && n_deferred_constants == 0)
4198     return;
4199 
4200   for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
4201     mark_constants (insn);
4202 }
4203 
4204 /* Write all the constants in POOL.  */
4205 
4206 static void
4207 output_constant_pool_contents (struct rtx_constant_pool *pool)
4208 {
4209   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
4210 
4211   for (desc = pool->first; desc ; desc = desc->next)
4212     if (desc->mark)
4213       {
4214 	/* If the constant is part of an object_block, make sure that
4215 	   the constant has been positioned within its block, but do not
4216 	   write out its definition yet.  output_object_blocks will do
4217 	   that later.  */
4218 	if (SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (desc->sym)
4219 	    && SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (desc->sym))
4220 	  place_block_symbol (desc->sym);
4221 	else
4222 	  {
4223 	    switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.select_rtx_section
4224 			       (desc->mode, desc->constant, desc->align));
4225 	    output_constant_pool_1 (desc, desc->align);
4226 	  }
4227       }
4228 }
4229 
4230 /* Mark all constants that are used in the current function, then write
4231    out the function's private constant pool.  */
4232 
4233 static void
4234 output_constant_pool (const char *fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4235 		      tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4236 {
4237   struct rtx_constant_pool *pool = crtl->varasm.pool;
4238 
4239   /* It is possible for gcc to call force_const_mem and then to later
4240      discard the instructions which refer to the constant.  In such a
4241      case we do not need to output the constant.  */
4242   mark_constant_pool ();
4243 
4244   /* Having marked the constant pool entries we'll actually emit, we
4245      now need to rebuild the offset information, which may have become
4246      stale.  */
4247   recompute_pool_offsets (pool);
4248 
4249 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE
4250   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4251 #endif
4252 
4253   output_constant_pool_contents (pool);
4254 
4255 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE
4256   ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (asm_out_file, fnname, fndecl, pool->offset);
4257 #endif
4258 }
4259 
4260 /* Write the contents of the shared constant pool.  */
4261 
4262 void
4263 output_shared_constant_pool (void)
4264 {
4265   output_constant_pool_contents (shared_constant_pool);
4266 }
4267 
4268 /* Determine what kind of relocations EXP may need.  */
4269 
4270 int
4271 compute_reloc_for_constant (tree exp)
4272 {
4273   int reloc = 0, reloc2;
4274   tree tem;
4275 
4276   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4277     {
4278     case ADDR_EXPR:
4279     case FDESC_EXPR:
4280       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4281 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4282 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4283       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4284 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4285 	;
4286 
4287       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF
4288 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR)
4289 	{
4290 	  reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4291 	  break;
4292 	}
4293 
4294       if (!targetm.binds_local_p (tem))
4295 	reloc |= 2;
4296       else
4297 	reloc |= 1;
4298       break;
4299 
4300     case PLUS_EXPR:
4301     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4302       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4303       reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4304       break;
4305 
4306     case MINUS_EXPR:
4307       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4308       reloc2 = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4309       /* The difference of two local labels is computable at link time.  */
4310       if (reloc == 1 && reloc2 == 1)
4311 	reloc = 0;
4312       else
4313 	reloc |= reloc2;
4314       break;
4315 
4316     CASE_CONVERT:
4317     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4318       reloc = compute_reloc_for_constant (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4319       break;
4320 
4321     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4322       {
4323 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4324 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4325 	  if (tem != 0)
4326 	    reloc |= compute_reloc_for_constant (tem);
4327       }
4328       break;
4329 
4330     default:
4331       break;
4332     }
4333   return reloc;
4334 }
4335 
4336 /* Find all the constants whose addresses are referenced inside of EXP,
4337    and make sure assembler code with a label has been output for each one.
4338    Indicate whether an ADDR_EXPR has been encountered.  */
4339 
4340 static void
4341 output_addressed_constants (tree exp)
4342 {
4343   tree tem;
4344 
4345   switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
4346     {
4347     case ADDR_EXPR:
4348     case FDESC_EXPR:
4349       /* Go inside any operations that get_inner_reference can handle and see
4350 	 if what's inside is a constant: no need to do anything here for
4351 	 addresses of variables or functions.  */
4352       for (tem = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); handled_component_p (tem);
4353 	   tem = TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0))
4354 	;
4355 
4356       /* If we have an initialized CONST_DECL, retrieve the initializer.  */
4357       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == CONST_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (tem))
4358 	tem = DECL_INITIAL (tem);
4359 
4360       if (CONSTANT_CLASS_P (tem) || TREE_CODE (tem) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4361 	output_constant_def (tem, 0);
4362 
4363       if (TREE_CODE (tem) == MEM_REF)
4364 	output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (tem, 0));
4365       break;
4366 
4367     case PLUS_EXPR:
4368     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4369     case MINUS_EXPR:
4370       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4371       gcc_fallthrough ();
4372 
4373     CASE_CONVERT:
4374     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4375       output_addressed_constants (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4376       break;
4377 
4378     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4379       {
4380 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4381 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), idx, tem)
4382 	  if (tem != 0)
4383 	    output_addressed_constants (tem);
4384       }
4385       break;
4386 
4387     default:
4388       break;
4389     }
4390 }
4391 
4392 /* Whether a constructor CTOR is a valid static constant initializer if all
4393    its elements are.  This used to be internal to initializer_constant_valid_p
4394    and has been exposed to let other functions like categorize_ctor_elements
4395    evaluate the property while walking a constructor for other purposes.  */
4396 
4397 bool
4398 constructor_static_from_elts_p (const_tree ctor)
4399 {
4400   return (TREE_CONSTANT (ctor)
4401 	  && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == UNION_TYPE
4402 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == RECORD_TYPE
4403 	      || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (ctor)) == ARRAY_TYPE));
4404 }
4405 
4406 static tree initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype,
4407 					    tree *cache);
4408 
4409 /* A subroutine of initializer_constant_valid_p.  VALUE is a MINUS_EXPR,
4410    PLUS_EXPR or POINTER_PLUS_EXPR.  This looks for cases of VALUE
4411    which are valid when ENDTYPE is an integer of any size; in
4412    particular, this does not accept a pointer minus a constant.  This
4413    returns null_pointer_node if the VALUE is an absolute constant
4414    which can be used to initialize a static variable.  Otherwise it
4415    returns NULL.  */
4416 
4417 static tree
4418 narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4419 {
4420   tree op0, op1;
4421 
4422   if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype))
4423     return NULL_TREE;
4424 
4425   op0 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4426   op1 = TREE_OPERAND (value, 1);
4427 
4428   /* Like STRIP_NOPS except allow the operand mode to widen.  This
4429      works around a feature of fold that simplifies (int)(p1 - p2) to
4430      ((int)p1 - (int)p2) under the theory that the narrower operation
4431      is cheaper.  */
4432 
4433   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op0)
4434 	 || TREE_CODE (op0) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4435     {
4436       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0);
4437       if (inner == error_mark_node
4438 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4439 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
4440 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4441 	break;
4442       op0 = inner;
4443     }
4444 
4445   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (op1)
4446 	 || TREE_CODE (op1) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
4447     {
4448       tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (op1, 0);
4449       if (inner == error_mark_node
4450 	  || ! INTEGRAL_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))
4451 	  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (op1)))
4452 	      > GET_MODE_SIZE (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (inner)))))
4453 	break;
4454       op1 = inner;
4455     }
4456 
4457   op0 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op0, endtype, cache);
4458   if (!op0)
4459     return NULL_TREE;
4460 
4461   op1 = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (op1, endtype,
4462 					cache ? cache + 2 : NULL);
4463   /* Both initializers must be known.  */
4464   if (op1)
4465     {
4466       if (op0 == op1
4467 	  && (op0 == null_pointer_node
4468 	      || TREE_CODE (value) == MINUS_EXPR))
4469 	return null_pointer_node;
4470 
4471       /* Support differences between labels.  */
4472       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == LABEL_DECL
4473 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == LABEL_DECL)
4474 	return null_pointer_node;
4475 
4476       if (TREE_CODE (op0) == STRING_CST
4477 	  && TREE_CODE (op1) == STRING_CST
4478 	  && operand_equal_p (op0, op1, 1))
4479 	return null_pointer_node;
4480     }
4481 
4482   return NULL_TREE;
4483 }
4484 
4485 /* Helper function of initializer_constant_valid_p.
4486    Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4487    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4488    element of a "constant" initializer.
4489 
4490    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4491    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4492    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4493    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4494    arithmetic-combinations of integers.
4495 
4496    Use CACHE (pointer to 2 tree values) for caching if non-NULL.  */
4497 
4498 static tree
4499 initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (tree value, tree endtype, tree *cache)
4500 {
4501   tree ret;
4502 
4503   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4504     {
4505     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4506       if (constructor_static_from_elts_p (value))
4507 	{
4508 	  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4509 	  tree elt;
4510 	  bool absolute = true;
4511 
4512 	  if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4513 	    return cache[1];
4514 	  FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4515 	    {
4516 	      tree reloc;
4517 	      reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (elt, TREE_TYPE (elt),
4518 						      NULL);
4519 	      if (!reloc
4520 		  /* An absolute value is required with reverse SSO.  */
4521 		  || (reloc != null_pointer_node
4522 		      && TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (TREE_TYPE (value))
4523 		      && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt))))
4524 		{
4525 		  if (cache)
4526 		    {
4527 		      cache[0] = value;
4528 		      cache[1] = NULL_TREE;
4529 		    }
4530 		  return NULL_TREE;
4531 		}
4532 	      if (reloc != null_pointer_node)
4533 		absolute = false;
4534 	    }
4535 	  /* For a non-absolute relocation, there is no single
4536 	     variable that can be "the variable that determines the
4537 	     relocation."  */
4538 	  if (cache)
4539 	    {
4540 	      cache[0] = value;
4541 	      cache[1] = absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4542 	    }
4543 	  return absolute ? null_pointer_node : error_mark_node;
4544 	}
4545 
4546       return TREE_STATIC (value) ? null_pointer_node : NULL_TREE;
4547 
4548     case INTEGER_CST:
4549     case VECTOR_CST:
4550     case REAL_CST:
4551     case FIXED_CST:
4552     case STRING_CST:
4553     case COMPLEX_CST:
4554       return null_pointer_node;
4555 
4556     case ADDR_EXPR:
4557     case FDESC_EXPR:
4558       {
4559 	tree op0 = staticp (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4560 	if (op0)
4561 	  {
4562 	    /* "&(*a).f" is like unto pointer arithmetic.  If "a" turns out
4563 	       to be a constant, this is old-skool offsetof-like nonsense.  */
4564 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INDIRECT_REF
4565 		&& TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (op0, 0)))
4566 	      return null_pointer_node;
4567 	    /* Taking the address of a nested function involves a trampoline,
4568 	       unless we don't need or want one.  */
4569 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == FUNCTION_DECL
4570 		&& DECL_STATIC_CHAIN (op0)
4571 		&& !TREE_NO_TRAMPOLINE (value))
4572 	      return NULL_TREE;
4573 	    /* "&{...}" requires a temporary to hold the constructed
4574 	       object.  */
4575 	    if (TREE_CODE (op0) == CONSTRUCTOR)
4576 	      return NULL_TREE;
4577 	  }
4578 	return op0;
4579       }
4580 
4581     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4582       return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4583 					     endtype, cache);
4584 
4585     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4586       {
4587 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4588 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4589 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4590 
4591 	/* Allow view-conversions from aggregate to non-aggregate type only
4592 	   if the bit pattern is fully preserved afterwards; otherwise, the
4593 	   RTL expander won't be able to apply a subsequent transformation
4594 	   to the underlying constructor.  */
4595 	if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (src_type) && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (dest_type))
4596 	  {
4597 	    if (TYPE_MODE (endtype) == TYPE_MODE (dest_type))
4598 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4599 	    else
4600 	      return NULL_TREE;
4601 	  }
4602 
4603 	/* Allow all other kinds of view-conversion.  */
4604 	return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4605       }
4606 
4607     CASE_CONVERT:
4608       {
4609 	tree src = TREE_OPERAND (value, 0);
4610 	tree src_type = TREE_TYPE (src);
4611 	tree dest_type = TREE_TYPE (value);
4612 
4613 	/* Allow conversions between pointer types, floating-point
4614 	   types, and offset types.  */
4615 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
4616 	    || (FLOAT_TYPE_P (dest_type) && FLOAT_TYPE_P (src_type))
4617 	    || (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE
4618 		&& TREE_CODE (src_type) == OFFSET_TYPE))
4619 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4620 
4621 	/* Allow length-preserving conversions between integer types.  */
4622 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4623 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) == TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4624 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4625 
4626 	/* Allow conversions between other integer types only if
4627 	   explicit value.  Don't allow sign-extension to a type larger
4628 	   than word and pointer, there aren't relocations that would
4629 	   allow to sign extend it to a wider type.  */
4630 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4631 	    && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
4632 	    && (TYPE_UNSIGNED (src_type)
4633 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)
4634 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= BITS_PER_WORD
4635 		|| TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= POINTER_SIZE))
4636 	  {
4637 	    tree inner = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4638 	    if (inner == null_pointer_node)
4639 	      return null_pointer_node;
4640 	    break;
4641 	  }
4642 
4643 	/* Allow (int) &foo provided int is as wide as a pointer.  */
4644 	if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (dest_type) && POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type)
4645 	    && (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type)))
4646 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4647 
4648 	/* Likewise conversions from int to pointers, but also allow
4649 	   conversions from 0.  */
4650 	if ((POINTER_TYPE_P (dest_type)
4651 	     || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == OFFSET_TYPE)
4652 	    && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type))
4653 	  {
4654 	    if (TREE_CODE (src) == INTEGER_CST
4655 		&& TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4656 	      return null_pointer_node;
4657 	    if (integer_zerop (src))
4658 	      return null_pointer_node;
4659 	    else if (TYPE_PRECISION (dest_type) <= TYPE_PRECISION (src_type))
4660 	      return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4661 	  }
4662 
4663 	/* Allow conversions to struct or union types if the value
4664 	   inside is okay.  */
4665 	if (TREE_CODE (dest_type) == RECORD_TYPE
4666 	    || TREE_CODE (dest_type) == UNION_TYPE)
4667 	  return initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (src, endtype, cache);
4668       }
4669       break;
4670 
4671     case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
4672     case PLUS_EXPR:
4673       /* Any valid floating-point constants will have been folded by now;
4674 	 with -frounding-math we hit this with addition of two constants.  */
4675       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4676 	return NULL_TREE;
4677       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4678 	return cache[1];
4679       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4680 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4681 	{
4682 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4683 	  tree valid0
4684 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4685 					      endtype, ncache);
4686 	  tree valid1
4687 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4688 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4689 	  /* If either term is absolute, use the other term's relocation.  */
4690 	  if (valid0 == null_pointer_node)
4691 	    ret = valid1;
4692 	  else if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4693 	    ret = valid0;
4694 	  /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4695 	  else
4696 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4697 							  ncache);
4698 	}
4699       else
4700       /* Support narrowing pointer differences.  */
4701 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4702       if (cache)
4703 	{
4704 	  cache[0] = value;
4705 	  cache[1] = ret;
4706 	}
4707       return ret;
4708 
4709     case POINTER_DIFF_EXPR:
4710     case MINUS_EXPR:
4711       if (TREE_CODE (endtype) == REAL_TYPE)
4712 	return NULL_TREE;
4713       if (cache && cache[0] == value)
4714 	return cache[1];
4715       if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (endtype)
4716 	  || TYPE_PRECISION (endtype) >= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (value)))
4717 	{
4718 	  tree ncache[4] = { NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE };
4719 	  tree valid0
4720 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0),
4721 					      endtype, ncache);
4722 	  tree valid1
4723 	    = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (TREE_OPERAND (value, 1),
4724 					      endtype, ncache + 2);
4725 	  /* Win if second argument is absolute.  */
4726 	  if (valid1 == null_pointer_node)
4727 	    ret = valid0;
4728 	  /* Win if both arguments have the same relocation.
4729 	     Then the value is absolute.  */
4730 	  else if (valid0 == valid1 && valid0 != 0)
4731 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4732 	  /* Since GCC guarantees that string constants are unique in the
4733 	     generated code, a subtraction between two copies of the same
4734 	     constant string is absolute.  */
4735 	  else if (valid0 && TREE_CODE (valid0) == STRING_CST
4736 		   && valid1 && TREE_CODE (valid1) == STRING_CST
4737 		   && operand_equal_p (valid0, valid1, 1))
4738 	    ret = null_pointer_node;
4739 	  /* Support narrowing differences.  */
4740 	  else
4741 	    ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype,
4742 							  ncache);
4743 	}
4744       else
4745 	/* Support narrowing differences.  */
4746 	ret = narrowing_initializer_constant_valid_p (value, endtype, NULL);
4747       if (cache)
4748 	{
4749 	  cache[0] = value;
4750 	  cache[1] = ret;
4751 	}
4752       return ret;
4753 
4754     default:
4755       break;
4756     }
4757 
4758   return NULL_TREE;
4759 }
4760 
4761 /* Return nonzero if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4762    for use in initializing a static variable; one that can be an
4763    element of a "constant" initializer.
4764 
4765    Return null_pointer_node if the value is absolute;
4766    if it is relocatable, return the variable that determines the relocation.
4767    We assume that VALUE has been folded as much as possible;
4768    therefore, we do not need to check for such things as
4769    arithmetic-combinations of integers.  */
4770 tree
4771 initializer_constant_valid_p (tree value, tree endtype, bool reverse)
4772 {
4773   tree reloc = initializer_constant_valid_p_1 (value, endtype, NULL);
4774 
4775   /* An absolute value is required with reverse storage order.  */
4776   if (reloc
4777       && reloc != null_pointer_node
4778       && reverse
4779       && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (endtype)
4780       && !VECTOR_TYPE_P (endtype))
4781     reloc = NULL_TREE;
4782 
4783   return reloc;
4784 }
4785 
4786 /* Return true if VALUE is a valid constant-valued expression
4787    for use in initializing a static bit-field; one that can be
4788    an element of a "constant" initializer.  */
4789 
4790 bool
4791 initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (tree value)
4792 {
4793   /* For bitfields we support integer constants or possibly nested aggregates
4794      of such.  */
4795   switch (TREE_CODE (value))
4796     {
4797     case CONSTRUCTOR:
4798       {
4799 	unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT idx;
4800 	tree elt;
4801 
4802 	FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (value), idx, elt)
4803 	  if (!initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (elt))
4804 	    return false;
4805 	return true;
4806       }
4807 
4808     case INTEGER_CST:
4809     case REAL_CST:
4810       return true;
4811 
4812     case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
4813     case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
4814       return
4815 	initializer_constant_valid_for_bitfield_p (TREE_OPERAND (value, 0));
4816 
4817     default:
4818       break;
4819     }
4820 
4821   return false;
4822 }
4823 
4824 /* Check if a STRING_CST fits into the field.
4825    Tolerate only the case when the NUL termination
4826    does not fit into the field.   */
4827 
4828 static bool
4829 check_string_literal (tree string, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4830 {
4831   tree type = TREE_TYPE (string);
4832   tree eltype = TREE_TYPE (type);
4833   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT elts = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (eltype));
4834   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mem_size = tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type));
4835   int len = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string);
4836 
4837   if (elts != 1 && elts != 2 && elts != 4)
4838     return false;
4839   if (len < 0 || len % elts != 0)
4840     return false;
4841   if (size < (unsigned)len)
4842     return false;
4843   if (mem_size != size)
4844     return false;
4845   return true;
4846 }
4847 
4848 /* output_constructor outer state of relevance in recursive calls, typically
4849    for nested aggregate bitfields.  */
4850 
4851 struct oc_outer_state {
4852   unsigned int bit_offset;  /* current position in ...  */
4853   int byte;                 /* ... the outer byte buffer.  */
4854 };
4855 
4856 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4857 output_constructor (tree, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int, bool,
4858 		    oc_outer_state *);
4859 
4860 /* Output assembler code for constant EXP, with no label.
4861    This includes the pseudo-op such as ".int" or ".byte", and a newline.
4862    Assumes output_addressed_constants has been done on EXP already.
4863 
4864    Generate at least SIZE bytes of assembler data, padding at the end
4865    with zeros if necessary.  SIZE must always be specified.  The returned
4866    value is the actual number of bytes of assembler data generated, which
4867    may be bigger than SIZE if the object contains a variable length field.
4868 
4869    SIZE is important for structure constructors,
4870    since trailing members may have been omitted from the constructor.
4871    It is also important for initialization of arrays from string constants
4872    since the full length of the string constant might not be wanted.
4873    It is also needed for initialization of unions, where the initializer's
4874    type is just one member, and that may not be as long as the union.
4875 
4876    There a case in which we would fail to output exactly SIZE bytes:
4877    for a structure constructor that wants to produce more than SIZE bytes.
4878    But such constructors will never be generated for any possible input.
4879 
4880    ALIGN is the alignment of the data in bits.
4881 
4882    If REVERSE is true, EXP is output in reverse storage order.  */
4883 
4884 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4885 output_constant (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
4886 		 bool reverse, bool merge_strings)
4887 {
4888   enum tree_code code;
4889   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT thissize;
4890   rtx cst;
4891 
4892   if (size == 0 || flag_syntax_only)
4893     return size;
4894 
4895   /* See if we're trying to initialize a pointer in a non-default mode
4896      to the address of some declaration somewhere.  If the target says
4897      the mode is valid for pointers, assume the target has a way of
4898      resolving it.  */
4899   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4900       && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4901       && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4902 	   (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4903 	    TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4904     {
4905       tree saved_type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
4906 
4907       /* Peel off any intermediate conversions-to-pointer for valid
4908 	 pointer modes.  */
4909       while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR
4910 	     && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))
4911 	     && targetm.addr_space.valid_pointer_mode
4912 		  (SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4913 		   TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)))))
4914 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4915 
4916       /* If what we're left with is the address of something, we can
4917 	 convert the address to the final type and output it that
4918 	 way.  */
4919       if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR)
4920 	exp = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, saved_type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0));
4921       /* Likewise for constant ints.  */
4922       else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == INTEGER_CST)
4923 	exp = fold_convert (saved_type, exp);
4924 
4925     }
4926 
4927   /* Eliminate any conversions since we'll be outputting the underlying
4928      constant.  */
4929   while (CONVERT_EXPR_P (exp)
4930 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
4931 	 || TREE_CODE (exp) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR)
4932     {
4933       HOST_WIDE_INT type_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4934       HOST_WIDE_INT op_size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)));
4935 
4936       /* Make sure eliminating the conversion is really a no-op, except with
4937 	 VIEW_CONVERT_EXPRs to allow for wild Ada unchecked conversions and
4938 	 union types to allow for Ada unchecked unions.  */
4939       if (type_size > op_size
4940 	  && TREE_CODE (exp) != VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
4941 	  && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != UNION_TYPE)
4942 	/* Keep the conversion. */
4943 	break;
4944       else
4945 	exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4946     }
4947 
4948   code = TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4949   thissize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp));
4950 
4951   /* Allow a constructor with no elements for any data type.
4952      This means to fill the space with zeros.  */
4953   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR
4954       && vec_safe_is_empty (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)))
4955     {
4956       assemble_zeros (size);
4957       return size;
4958     }
4959 
4960   if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FDESC_EXPR)
4961     {
4962 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC
4963       HOST_WIDE_INT part = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1));
4964       tree decl = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0);
4965       ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (asm_out_file, decl, part);
4966 #else
4967       gcc_unreachable ();
4968 #endif
4969       return size;
4970     }
4971 
4972   /* Now output the underlying data.  If we've handling the padding, return.
4973      Otherwise, break and ensure SIZE is the size written.  */
4974   switch (code)
4975     {
4976     case BOOLEAN_TYPE:
4977     case INTEGER_TYPE:
4978     case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
4979     case POINTER_TYPE:
4980     case REFERENCE_TYPE:
4981     case OFFSET_TYPE:
4982     case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
4983     case NULLPTR_TYPE:
4984       cst = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
4985       if (reverse)
4986 	cst = flip_storage_order (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), cst);
4987       if (!assemble_integer (cst, MIN (size, thissize), align, 0))
4988 	error ("initializer for integer/fixed-point value is too complicated");
4989       break;
4990 
4991     case REAL_TYPE:
4992       if (TREE_CODE (exp) != REAL_CST)
4993 	error ("initializer for floating value is not a floating constant");
4994       else
4995 	assemble_real (TREE_REAL_CST (exp),
4996 		       SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)),
4997 		       align, reverse);
4998       break;
4999 
5000     case COMPLEX_TYPE:
5001       output_constant (TREE_REALPART (exp), thissize / 2, align,
5002 		       reverse, false);
5003       output_constant (TREE_IMAGPART (exp), thissize / 2,
5004 		       min_align (align, BITS_PER_UNIT * (thissize / 2)),
5005 		       reverse, false);
5006       break;
5007 
5008     case ARRAY_TYPE:
5009     case VECTOR_TYPE:
5010       switch (TREE_CODE (exp))
5011 	{
5012 	case CONSTRUCTOR:
5013 	  return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5014 	case STRING_CST:
5015 	  thissize = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp);
5016 	  if (merge_strings
5017 	      && (thissize == 0
5018 		  || TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp) [thissize - 1] != '\0'))
5019 	    thissize++;
5020 	  gcc_checking_assert (check_string_literal (exp, size));
5021 	  assemble_string (TREE_STRING_POINTER (exp), thissize);
5022 	  break;
5023 	case VECTOR_CST:
5024 	  {
5025 	    scalar_mode inner = SCALAR_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)));
5026 	    unsigned int nalign = MIN (align, GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (inner));
5027 	    int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (inner);
5028 	    output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, 0), elt_size, align,
5029 			     reverse, false);
5030 	    thissize = elt_size;
5031 	    /* Static constants must have a fixed size.  */
5032 	    unsigned int nunits = VECTOR_CST_NELTS (exp).to_constant ();
5033 	    for (unsigned int i = 1; i < nunits; i++)
5034 	      {
5035 		output_constant (VECTOR_CST_ELT (exp, i), elt_size, nalign,
5036 				 reverse, false);
5037 		thissize += elt_size;
5038 	      }
5039 	    break;
5040 	  }
5041 	default:
5042 	  gcc_unreachable ();
5043 	}
5044       break;
5045 
5046     case RECORD_TYPE:
5047     case UNION_TYPE:
5048       gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR);
5049       return output_constructor (exp, size, align, reverse, NULL);
5050 
5051     case ERROR_MARK:
5052       return 0;
5053 
5054     default:
5055       gcc_unreachable ();
5056     }
5057 
5058   if (size > thissize)
5059     assemble_zeros (size - thissize);
5060 
5061   return size;
5062 }
5063 
5064 /* Subroutine of output_constructor, used for computing the size of
5065    arrays of unspecified length.  VAL must be a CONSTRUCTOR of an array
5066    type with an unspecified upper bound.  */
5067 
5068 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5069 array_size_for_constructor (tree val)
5070 {
5071   tree max_index;
5072   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5073   tree index, value, tmp;
5074   offset_int i;
5075 
5076   /* This code used to attempt to handle string constants that are not
5077      arrays of single-bytes, but nothing else does, so there's no point in
5078      doing it here.  */
5079   if (TREE_CODE (val) == STRING_CST)
5080     return TREE_STRING_LENGTH (val);
5081 
5082   max_index = NULL_TREE;
5083   FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_ELT (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (val), cnt, index, value)
5084     {
5085       if (TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5086 	index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1);
5087       if (max_index == NULL_TREE || tree_int_cst_lt (max_index, index))
5088 	max_index = index;
5089     }
5090 
5091   if (max_index == NULL_TREE)
5092     return 0;
5093 
5094   /* Compute the total number of array elements.  */
5095   tmp = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
5096   i = wi::to_offset (max_index) - wi::to_offset (tmp) + 1;
5097 
5098   /* Multiply by the array element unit size to find number of bytes.  */
5099   i *= wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (val))));
5100 
5101   gcc_assert (wi::fits_uhwi_p (i));
5102   return i.to_uhwi ();
5103 }
5104 
5105 /* Other datastructures + helpers for output_constructor.  */
5106 
5107 /* output_constructor local state to support interaction with helpers.  */
5108 
5109 struct oc_local_state {
5110 
5111   /* Received arguments.  */
5112   tree exp;                     /* Constructor expression.  */
5113   tree type;                    /* Type of constructor expression.  */
5114   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size;  /* # bytes to output - pad if necessary.  */
5115   unsigned int align;           /* Known initial alignment.  */
5116   tree min_index;               /* Lower bound if specified for an array.  */
5117 
5118   /* Output processing state.  */
5119   HOST_WIDE_INT total_bytes;  /* # bytes output so far / current position.  */
5120   int byte;                   /* Part of a bitfield byte yet to be output.  */
5121   int last_relative_index;    /* Implicit or explicit index of the last
5122 				 array element output within a bitfield.  */
5123   bool byte_buffer_in_use;    /* Whether BYTE is in use.  */
5124   bool reverse;               /* Whether reverse storage order is in use.  */
5125 
5126   /* Current element.  */
5127   tree field;      /* Current field decl in a record.  */
5128   tree val;        /* Current element value.  */
5129   tree index;      /* Current element index.  */
5130 
5131 };
5132 
5133 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
5134    RANGE_EXPR element.  */
5135 
5136 static void
5137 output_constructor_array_range (oc_local_state *local)
5138 {
5139   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize
5140     = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5141 
5142   HOST_WIDE_INT lo_index
5143     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 0));
5144   HOST_WIDE_INT hi_index
5145     = tree_to_shwi (TREE_OPERAND (local->index, 1));
5146   HOST_WIDE_INT index;
5147 
5148   unsigned int align2
5149     = min_align (local->align, fieldsize * BITS_PER_UNIT);
5150 
5151   for (index = lo_index; index <= hi_index; index++)
5152     {
5153       /* Output the element's initial value.  */
5154       if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5155 	assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5156       else
5157 	fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5158 				     local->reverse, false);
5159 
5160       /* Count its size.  */
5161       local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5162     }
5163 }
5164 
5165 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the current LOCAL state, output a
5166    field element that is not true bitfield or part of an outer one.  */
5167 
5168 static void
5169 output_constructor_regular_field (oc_local_state *local)
5170 {
5171   /* Field size and position.  Since this structure is static, we know the
5172      positions are constant.  */
5173   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fieldsize;
5174   HOST_WIDE_INT fieldpos;
5175 
5176   unsigned int align2;
5177 
5178   /* Output any buffered-up bit-fields preceding this element.  */
5179   if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5180     {
5181       assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5182       local->total_bytes++;
5183       local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5184     }
5185 
5186   if (local->index != NULL_TREE)
5187     {
5188       /* Perform the index calculation in modulo arithmetic but
5189 	 sign-extend the result because Ada has negative DECL_FIELD_OFFSETs
5190 	 but we are using an unsigned sizetype.  */
5191       unsigned prec = TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype);
5192       offset_int idx = wi::sext (wi::to_offset (local->index)
5193 				 - wi::to_offset (local->min_index), prec);
5194       fieldpos = (idx * wi::to_offset (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val))))
5195 	.to_short_addr ();
5196     }
5197   else if (local->field != NULL_TREE)
5198     fieldpos = int_byte_position (local->field);
5199   else
5200     fieldpos = 0;
5201 
5202   /* Advance to offset of this element.
5203      Note no alignment needed in an array, since that is guaranteed
5204      if each element has the proper size.  */
5205   if (local->field != NULL_TREE || local->index != NULL_TREE)
5206     {
5207       if (fieldpos > local->total_bytes)
5208 	{
5209 	  assemble_zeros (fieldpos - local->total_bytes);
5210 	  local->total_bytes = fieldpos;
5211 	}
5212       else
5213 	/* Must not go backwards.  */
5214 	gcc_assert (fieldpos == local->total_bytes);
5215     }
5216 
5217   /* Find the alignment of this element.  */
5218   align2 = min_align (local->align, BITS_PER_UNIT * fieldpos);
5219 
5220   /* Determine size this element should occupy.  */
5221   if (local->field)
5222     {
5223       fieldsize = 0;
5224 
5225       /* If this is an array with an unspecified upper bound,
5226 	 the initializer determines the size.  */
5227       /* ??? This ought to only checked if DECL_SIZE_UNIT is NULL,
5228 	 but we cannot do this until the deprecated support for
5229 	 initializing zero-length array members is removed.  */
5230       if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (local->field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
5231 	  && (!TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field))
5232 	      || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (local->field)))))
5233 	{
5234 	  fieldsize = array_size_for_constructor (local->val);
5235 	  /* Given a non-empty initialization, this field had better
5236 	     be last.  Given a flexible array member, the next field
5237 	     on the chain is a TYPE_DECL of the enclosing struct.  */
5238 	  const_tree next = DECL_CHAIN (local->field);
5239 	  gcc_assert (!fieldsize || !next || TREE_CODE (next) != FIELD_DECL);
5240 	  tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (local->val));
5241 	  gcc_checking_assert (compare_tree_int (size, fieldsize) == 0);
5242 	}
5243       else
5244 	fieldsize = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (local->field));
5245     }
5246   else
5247     fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (local->type));
5248 
5249   /* Output the element's initial value.  */
5250   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5251     assemble_zeros (fieldsize);
5252   else
5253     fieldsize = output_constant (local->val, fieldsize, align2,
5254 				 local->reverse, false);
5255 
5256   /* Count its size.  */
5257   local->total_bytes += fieldsize;
5258 }
5259 
5260 /* Helper for output_constructor.  From the LOCAL state, output an element
5261    that is a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  BIT_OFFSET is the offset
5262    from the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer.  */
5263 
5264 static void
5265 output_constructor_bitfield (oc_local_state *local, unsigned int bit_offset)
5266 {
5267   /* Bit size of this element.  */
5268   HOST_WIDE_INT ebitsize
5269     = (local->field
5270        ? tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE (local->field))
5271        : tree_to_uhwi (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (local->type))));
5272 
5273   /* Relative index of this element if this is an array component.  */
5274   HOST_WIDE_INT relative_index
5275     = (!local->field
5276        ? (local->index
5277 	  ? (tree_to_shwi (local->index)
5278 	     - tree_to_shwi (local->min_index))
5279 	  : local->last_relative_index + 1)
5280        : 0);
5281 
5282   /* Bit position of this element from the start of the containing
5283      constructor.  */
5284   HOST_WIDE_INT constructor_relative_ebitpos
5285       = (local->field
5286 	 ? int_bit_position (local->field)
5287 	 : ebitsize * relative_index);
5288 
5289   /* Bit position of this element from the start of a possibly ongoing
5290      outer byte buffer.  */
5291   HOST_WIDE_INT byte_relative_ebitpos
5292     = bit_offset + constructor_relative_ebitpos;
5293 
5294   /* From the start of a possibly ongoing outer byte buffer, offsets to
5295      the first bit of this element and to the first bit past the end of
5296      this element.  */
5297   HOST_WIDE_INT next_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos;
5298   HOST_WIDE_INT end_offset = byte_relative_ebitpos + ebitsize;
5299 
5300   local->last_relative_index = relative_index;
5301 
5302   if (local->val == NULL_TREE)
5303     local->val = integer_zero_node;
5304 
5305   while (TREE_CODE (local->val) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
5306 	 || TREE_CODE (local->val) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR)
5307     local->val = TREE_OPERAND (local->val, 0);
5308 
5309   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) != INTEGER_CST
5310       && TREE_CODE (local->val) != CONSTRUCTOR)
5311     {
5312       error ("invalid initial value for member %qE", DECL_NAME (local->field));
5313       return;
5314     }
5315 
5316   /* If this field does not start in this (or next) byte, skip some bytes.  */
5317   if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5318     {
5319       /* Output remnant of any bit field in previous bytes.  */
5320       if (local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5321 	{
5322 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5323 	  local->total_bytes++;
5324 	  local->byte_buffer_in_use = false;
5325 	}
5326 
5327       /* If still not at proper byte, advance to there.  */
5328       if (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT != local->total_bytes)
5329 	{
5330 	  gcc_assert (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT >= local->total_bytes);
5331 	  assemble_zeros (next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT - local->total_bytes);
5332 	  local->total_bytes = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5333 	}
5334     }
5335 
5336   /* Set up the buffer if necessary.  */
5337   if (!local->byte_buffer_in_use)
5338     {
5339       local->byte = 0;
5340       if (ebitsize > 0)
5341 	local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5342     }
5343 
5344   /* If this is nested constructor, recurse passing the bit offset and the
5345      pending data, then retrieve the new pending data afterwards.  */
5346   if (TREE_CODE (local->val) == CONSTRUCTOR)
5347     {
5348       oc_outer_state temp_state;
5349       temp_state.bit_offset = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5350       temp_state.byte = local->byte;
5351       local->total_bytes
5352 	+= output_constructor (local->val, 0, 0, local->reverse, &temp_state);
5353       local->byte = temp_state.byte;
5354       return;
5355     }
5356 
5357   /* Otherwise, we must split the element into pieces that fall within
5358      separate bytes, and combine each byte with previous or following
5359      bit-fields.  */
5360   while (next_offset < end_offset)
5361     {
5362       int this_time;
5363       int shift;
5364       unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value;
5365       HOST_WIDE_INT next_byte = next_offset / BITS_PER_UNIT;
5366       HOST_WIDE_INT next_bit = next_offset % BITS_PER_UNIT;
5367 
5368       /* Advance from byte to byte within this element when necessary.  */
5369       while (next_byte != local->total_bytes)
5370 	{
5371 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local->byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5372 	  local->total_bytes++;
5373 	  local->byte = 0;
5374 	}
5375 
5376       /* Number of bits we can process at once (all part of the same byte).  */
5377       this_time = MIN (end_offset - next_offset, BITS_PER_UNIT - next_bit);
5378       if (local->reverse ? !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN : BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
5379 	{
5380 	  /* For big-endian data, take the most significant bits (of the
5381 	     bits that are significant) first and put them into bytes from
5382 	     the most significant end.  */
5383 	  shift = end_offset - next_offset - this_time;
5384 
5385 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5386 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5387 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5388 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5389 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5390 	    {
5391 	      const int end = shift + this_time - 1;
5392 	      shift = end & -HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
5393 	      this_time = end - shift + 1;
5394 	    }
5395 
5396 	  /* Now get the bits we want to insert.  */
5397 	  value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5398 				    shift, this_time);
5399 
5400 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5401 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5402 	  local->byte |= value << (BITS_PER_UNIT - this_time - next_bit);
5403 	}
5404       else
5405 	{
5406 	  /* On little-endian machines, take the least significant bits of
5407 	     the value first and pack them starting at the least significant
5408 	     bits of the bytes.  */
5409 	  shift = next_offset - byte_relative_ebitpos;
5410 
5411 	  /* Don't try to take a bunch of bits that cross
5412 	     the word boundary in the INTEGER_CST.  We can
5413 	     only select bits from one element.  */
5414 	  if ((shift / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
5415 	      != ((shift + this_time - 1) / HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
5416 	    this_time
5417 	      = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - (shift & (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1));
5418 
5419 	  /* Now get the bits we want to insert.  */
5420 	  value = wi::extract_uhwi (wi::to_widest (local->val),
5421 				    shift, this_time);
5422 
5423 	  /* Get the result.  This works only when:
5424 	     1 <= this_time <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT.  */
5425 	  local->byte |= value << next_bit;
5426 	}
5427 
5428       next_offset += this_time;
5429       local->byte_buffer_in_use = true;
5430     }
5431 }
5432 
5433 /* Subroutine of output_constant, used for CONSTRUCTORs (aggregate constants).
5434    Generate at least SIZE bytes, padding if necessary.  OUTER designates the
5435    caller output state of relevance in recursive invocations.  */
5436 
5437 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5438 output_constructor (tree exp, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int align,
5439 		    bool reverse, oc_outer_state *outer)
5440 {
5441   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
5442   constructor_elt *ce;
5443   oc_local_state local;
5444 
5445   /* Setup our local state to communicate with helpers.  */
5446   local.exp = exp;
5447   local.type = TREE_TYPE (exp);
5448   local.size = size;
5449   local.align = align;
5450   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE && TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type))
5451     local.min_index = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (local.type));
5452   else
5453     local.min_index = integer_zero_node;
5454 
5455   local.total_bytes = 0;
5456   local.byte_buffer_in_use = outer != NULL;
5457   local.byte = outer ? outer->byte : 0;
5458   local.last_relative_index = -1;
5459   /* The storage order is specified for every aggregate type.  */
5460   if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (local.type))
5461     local.reverse = TYPE_REVERSE_STORAGE_ORDER (local.type);
5462   else
5463     local.reverse = reverse;
5464 
5465   gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= BITS_PER_UNIT);
5466 
5467   /* As CE goes through the elements of the constant, FIELD goes through the
5468      structure fields if the constant is a structure.  If the constant is a
5469      union, we override this by getting the field from the TREE_LIST element.
5470      But the constant could also be an array.  Then FIELD is zero.
5471 
5472      There is always a maximum of one element in the chain LINK for unions
5473      (even if the initializer in a source program incorrectly contains
5474      more one).  */
5475 
5476   if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == RECORD_TYPE)
5477     local.field = TYPE_FIELDS (local.type);
5478   else
5479     local.field = NULL_TREE;
5480 
5481   for (cnt = 0;
5482        vec_safe_iterate (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), cnt, &ce);
5483        cnt++, local.field = local.field ? DECL_CHAIN (local.field) : 0)
5484     {
5485       local.val = ce->value;
5486       local.index = NULL_TREE;
5487 
5488       /* The element in a union constructor specifies the proper field
5489 	 or index.  */
5490       if (RECORD_OR_UNION_TYPE_P (local.type) && ce->index != NULL_TREE)
5491 	local.field = ce->index;
5492 
5493       else if (TREE_CODE (local.type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
5494 	local.index = ce->index;
5495 
5496       if (local.field && flag_verbose_asm)
5497 	fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s %s:\n",
5498 		 ASM_COMMENT_START,
5499 		 DECL_NAME (local.field)
5500 		 ? IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (local.field))
5501 		 : "<anonymous>");
5502 
5503       /* Eliminate the marker that makes a cast not be an lvalue.  */
5504       if (local.val != NULL_TREE)
5505 	STRIP_NOPS (local.val);
5506 
5507       /* Output the current element, using the appropriate helper ...  */
5508 
5509       /* For an array slice not part of an outer bitfield.  */
5510       if (!outer
5511 	  && local.index != NULL_TREE
5512 	  && TREE_CODE (local.index) == RANGE_EXPR)
5513 	output_constructor_array_range (&local);
5514 
5515       /* For a field that is neither a true bitfield nor part of an outer one,
5516 	 known to be at least byte aligned and multiple-of-bytes long.  */
5517       else if (!outer
5518 	       && (local.field == NULL_TREE
5519 		   || !CONSTRUCTOR_BITFIELD_P (local.field)))
5520 	output_constructor_regular_field (&local);
5521 
5522       /* For a true bitfield or part of an outer one.  Only INTEGER_CSTs are
5523 	 supported for scalar fields, so we may need to convert first.  */
5524       else
5525         {
5526 	  if (TREE_CODE (local.val) == REAL_CST)
5527 	    local.val
5528 	      = fold_unary (VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR,
5529 			    build_nonstandard_integer_type
5530 			    (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (local.val)), 0),
5531 			    local.val);
5532 	  output_constructor_bitfield (&local, outer ? outer->bit_offset : 0);
5533 	}
5534     }
5535 
5536   /* If we are not at toplevel, save the pending data for our caller.
5537      Otherwise output the pending data and padding zeros as needed. */
5538   if (outer)
5539     outer->byte = local.byte;
5540   else
5541     {
5542       if (local.byte_buffer_in_use)
5543 	{
5544 	  assemble_integer (GEN_INT (local.byte), 1, BITS_PER_UNIT, 1);
5545 	  local.total_bytes++;
5546 	}
5547 
5548       if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)local.total_bytes < local.size)
5549 	{
5550 	  assemble_zeros (local.size - local.total_bytes);
5551 	  local.total_bytes = local.size;
5552 	}
5553     }
5554 
5555   return local.total_bytes;
5556 }
5557 
5558 /* Mark DECL as weak.  */
5559 
5560 static void
5561 mark_weak (tree decl)
5562 {
5563   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5564     return;
5565 
5566   struct symtab_node *n = symtab_node::get (decl);
5567   if (n && n->refuse_visibility_changes)
5568     error ("%+qD declared weak after being used", decl);
5569   DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
5570 
5571   if (DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
5572       && MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl))
5573       && XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)
5574       && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF)
5575     SYMBOL_REF_WEAK (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)) = 1;
5576 }
5577 
5578 /* Merge weak status between NEWDECL and OLDDECL.  */
5579 
5580 void
5581 merge_weak (tree newdecl, tree olddecl)
5582 {
5583   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) == DECL_WEAK (olddecl))
5584     {
5585       if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl) && TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5586         {
5587           tree *pwd;
5588           /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point
5589              and OLDDECL as well.  Keep just OLDDECL on the list.  */
5590 	  for (pwd = &weak_decls; *pwd; pwd = &TREE_CHAIN (*pwd))
5591 	    if (TREE_VALUE (*pwd) == newdecl)
5592 	      {
5593 	        *pwd = TREE_CHAIN (*pwd);
5594 		break;
5595 	      }
5596         }
5597       return;
5598     }
5599 
5600   if (DECL_WEAK (newdecl))
5601     {
5602       tree wd;
5603 
5604       /* NEWDECL is weak, but OLDDECL is not.  */
5605 
5606       /* If we already output the OLDDECL, we're in trouble; we can't
5607 	 go back and make it weak.  This should never happen in
5608 	 unit-at-a-time compilation.  */
5609       gcc_assert (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (olddecl));
5610 
5611       /* If we've already generated rtl referencing OLDDECL, we may
5612 	 have done so in a way that will not function properly with
5613 	 a weak symbol.  Again in unit-at-a-time this should be
5614 	 impossible.  */
5615       gcc_assert (!TREE_USED (olddecl)
5616 	          || !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (olddecl)));
5617 
5618       /* PR 49899: You cannot convert a static function into a weak, public function.  */
5619       if (! TREE_PUBLIC (olddecl) && TREE_PUBLIC (newdecl))
5620 	error ("weak declaration of %q+D being applied to a already "
5621 	       "existing, static definition", newdecl);
5622 
5623       if (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5624 	{
5625 	  /* We put the NEWDECL on the weak_decls list at some point.
5626 	     Replace it with the OLDDECL.  */
5627 	  for (wd = weak_decls; wd; wd = TREE_CHAIN (wd))
5628 	    if (TREE_VALUE (wd) == newdecl)
5629 	      {
5630 		TREE_VALUE (wd) = olddecl;
5631 		break;
5632 	      }
5633 	  /* We may not find the entry on the list.  If NEWDECL is a
5634 	     weak alias, then we will have already called
5635 	     globalize_decl to remove the entry; in that case, we do
5636 	     not need to do anything.  */
5637 	}
5638 
5639       /* Make the OLDDECL weak; it's OLDDECL that we'll be keeping.  */
5640       mark_weak (olddecl);
5641     }
5642   else
5643     /* OLDDECL was weak, but NEWDECL was not explicitly marked as
5644        weak.  Just update NEWDECL to indicate that it's weak too.  */
5645     mark_weak (newdecl);
5646 }
5647 
5648 /* Declare DECL to be a weak symbol.  */
5649 
5650 void
5651 declare_weak (tree decl)
5652 {
5653   gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl));
5654   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5655     {
5656       error ("weak declaration of %q+D must be public", decl);
5657       return;
5658     }
5659   else if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5660     warning (0, "weak declaration of %q+D not supported", decl);
5661 
5662   mark_weak (decl);
5663   if (!lookup_attribute ("weak", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5664     DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)
5665       = tree_cons (get_identifier ("weak"), NULL, DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl));
5666 }
5667 
5668 static void
5669 weak_finish_1 (tree decl)
5670 {
5671 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL)
5672   const char *const name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
5673 #endif
5674 
5675   if (! TREE_USED (decl))
5676     return;
5677 
5678 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5679   ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, NULL);
5680 #else
5681 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL
5682   ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5683 #else
5684 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS
5685   {
5686     static bool warn_once = 0;
5687     if (! warn_once)
5688       {
5689 	warning (0, "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5690 	warn_once = 1;
5691       }
5692     return;
5693   }
5694 #endif
5695 #endif
5696 #endif
5697 }
5698 
5699 /* Fiven an assembly name, find the decl it is associated with.  */
5700 static tree
5701 find_decl (tree target)
5702 {
5703   symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get_for_asmname (target);
5704   if (node)
5705     return node->decl;
5706   return NULL_TREE;
5707 }
5708 
5709 /* This TREE_LIST contains weakref targets.  */
5710 
5711 static GTY(()) tree weakref_targets;
5712 
5713 /* Emit any pending weak declarations.  */
5714 
5715 void
5716 weak_finish (void)
5717 {
5718   tree t;
5719 
5720   for (t = weakref_targets; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5721     {
5722       tree alias_decl = TREE_PURPOSE (t);
5723       tree target = ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t));
5724 
5725       if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (alias_decl))
5726          || TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5727 	/* Remove alias_decl from the weak list, but leave entries for
5728 	   the target alone.  */
5729 	target = NULL_TREE;
5730 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5731       else if (! TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5732 	{
5733 	  /* Use ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL only if ASM_WEAKEN_DECL is not
5734 	     defined, otherwise we and weak_finish_1 would use
5735 	     different macros.  */
5736 # if defined ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL && ! defined ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5737 	  ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5738 # else
5739 	  tree decl = find_decl (target);
5740 
5741 	  if (! decl)
5742 	    {
5743 	      decl = build_decl (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (alias_decl),
5744 				 TREE_CODE (alias_decl), target,
5745 				 TREE_TYPE (alias_decl));
5746 
5747 	      DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
5748 	      TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
5749 	      DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) = 1;
5750 	      TREE_NOTHROW (decl) = TREE_NOTHROW (alias_decl);
5751 	      TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
5752 	    }
5753 
5754 	  weak_finish_1 (decl);
5755 # endif
5756 	}
5757 #endif
5758 
5759       {
5760 	tree *p;
5761 	tree t2;
5762 
5763 	/* Remove the alias and the target from the pending weak list
5764 	   so that we do not emit any .weak directives for the former,
5765 	   nor multiple .weak directives for the latter.  */
5766 	for (p = &weak_decls; (t2 = *p) ; )
5767 	  {
5768 	    if (TREE_VALUE (t2) == alias_decl
5769 		|| target == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5770 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5771 	    else
5772 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5773 	  }
5774 
5775 	/* Remove other weakrefs to the same target, to speed things up.  */
5776 	for (p = &TREE_CHAIN (t); (t2 = *p) ; )
5777 	  {
5778 	    if (target == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t2)))
5779 	      *p = TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5780 	    else
5781 	      p = &TREE_CHAIN (t2);
5782 	  }
5783       }
5784     }
5785 
5786   for (t = weak_decls; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t))
5787     {
5788       tree decl = TREE_VALUE (t);
5789 
5790       weak_finish_1 (decl);
5791     }
5792 }
5793 
5794 /* Emit the assembly bits to indicate that DECL is globally visible.  */
5795 
5796 static void
5797 globalize_decl (tree decl)
5798 {
5799 
5800 #if defined (ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5801   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
5802     {
5803       const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
5804       tree *p, t;
5805 
5806 #ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5807       ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, 0);
5808 #else
5809       ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
5810 #endif
5811 
5812       /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5813 	 we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5814       for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5815 	{
5816 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5817 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5818 	  else
5819 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5820 	}
5821 
5822       /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5823 	 list, for the same reason.  */
5824       for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5825 	{
5826 	  if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)
5827 	      == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5828 	    *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5829 	  else
5830 	    p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5831 	}
5832 
5833       return;
5834     }
5835 #endif
5836 
5837   targetm.asm_out.globalize_decl_name (asm_out_file, decl);
5838 }
5839 
5840 vec<alias_pair, va_gc> *alias_pairs;
5841 
5842 /* Output the assembler code for a define (equate) using ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5843    or ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS.  The function defines the symbol whose
5844    tree node is DECL to have the value of the tree node TARGET.  */
5845 
5846 void
5847 do_assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5848 {
5849   tree id;
5850 
5851   /* Emulated TLS had better not get this var.  */
5852   gcc_assert (!(!targetm.have_tls
5853 		&& VAR_P (decl)
5854 		&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl)));
5855 
5856   if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
5857     return;
5858 
5859   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5860   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
5861   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5862 
5863   /* We must force creation of DECL_RTL for debug info generation, even though
5864      we don't use it here.  */
5865   make_decl_rtl (decl);
5866 
5867   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5868   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)) = 1;
5869   TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (id) = 1;
5870 
5871   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5872     {
5873       if (!TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (target))
5874 	weakref_targets = tree_cons (decl, target, weakref_targets);
5875 
5876 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF
5877       ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (asm_out_file, decl,
5878 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5879 			  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5880 #else
5881       if (!TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK)
5882 	{
5883 	  error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5884 		    "weakref is not supported in this configuration");
5885 	  return;
5886 	}
5887 #endif
5888       return;
5889     }
5890 
5891 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
5892   tree orig_decl = decl;
5893 
5894   /* Make name accessible from other files, if appropriate.  */
5895 
5896   if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || TREE_PUBLIC (orig_decl))
5897     {
5898       globalize_decl (decl);
5899       maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
5900     }
5901   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5902       && cgraph_node::get (decl)->ifunc_resolver)
5903     {
5904 #if defined (ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE)
5905       if (targetm.has_ifunc_p ())
5906 	ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
5907 	  (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5908 	   IFUNC_ASM_TYPE);
5909       else
5910 #endif
5911 	error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5912 		  "ifunc is not supported on this target");
5913     }
5914 
5915 # ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS
5916   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (asm_out_file, decl, target);
5917 # else
5918   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file,
5919 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id),
5920 		  IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5921 # endif
5922 #elif defined (ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) || defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5923   {
5924     const char *name;
5925     tree *p, t;
5926 
5927     name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
5928 # ifdef ASM_WEAKEN_DECL
5929     ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (asm_out_file, decl, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5930 # else
5931     ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (asm_out_file, name, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (target));
5932 # endif
5933     /* Remove this function from the pending weak list so that
5934        we do not emit multiple .weak directives for it.  */
5935     for (p = &weak_decls; (t = *p) ; )
5936       if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t))
5937 	  || id == DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (TREE_VALUE (t)))
5938 	*p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5939       else
5940 	p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5941 
5942     /* Remove weakrefs to the same target from the pending weakref
5943        list, for the same reason.  */
5944     for (p = &weakref_targets; (t = *p) ; )
5945       {
5946 	if (id == ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&TREE_VALUE (t)))
5947 	  *p = TREE_CHAIN (t);
5948 	else
5949 	  p = &TREE_CHAIN (t);
5950       }
5951   }
5952 #endif
5953 }
5954 
5955 /* Emit an assembler directive to make the symbol for DECL an alias to
5956    the symbol for TARGET.  */
5957 
5958 void
5959 assemble_alias (tree decl, tree target)
5960 {
5961   tree target_decl;
5962 
5963   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5964     {
5965       tree alias = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
5966 
5967       ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&target);
5968 
5969       if (alias == target)
5970 	error ("weakref %q+D ultimately targets itself", decl);
5971       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
5972 	error ("weakref %q+D must have static linkage", decl);
5973     }
5974   else
5975     {
5976 #if !defined (ASM_OUTPUT_DEF)
5977 # if !defined(ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS) && !defined (ASM_WEAKEN_DECL)
5978       error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5979 		"alias definitions not supported in this configuration");
5980       TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5981       return;
5982 # else
5983       if (!DECL_WEAK (decl))
5984 	{
5985 	  /* NB: ifunc_resolver isn't set when an error is detected.  */
5986 	  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
5987 	      && lookup_attribute ("ifunc", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
5988 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5989 		      "ifunc is not supported in this configuration");
5990 	  else
5991 	    error_at (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl),
5992 		      "only weak aliases are supported in this configuration");
5993 	  TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
5994 	  return;
5995 	}
5996 # endif
5997 #endif
5998     }
5999   TREE_USED (decl) = 1;
6000 
6001   /* Allow aliases to aliases.  */
6002   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6003     cgraph_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6004   else
6005     varpool_node::get_create (decl)->alias = true;
6006 
6007   /* If the target has already been emitted, we don't have to queue the
6008      alias.  This saves a tad of memory.  */
6009   if (symtab->global_info_ready)
6010     target_decl = find_decl (target);
6011   else
6012     target_decl= NULL;
6013   if ((target_decl && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (target_decl))
6014       || symtab->state >= EXPANSION)
6015     do_assemble_alias (decl, target);
6016   else
6017     {
6018       alias_pair p = {decl, target};
6019       vec_safe_push (alias_pairs, p);
6020     }
6021 }
6022 
6023 /* Record and output a table of translations from original function
6024    to its transaction aware clone.  Note that tm_pure functions are
6025    considered to be their own clone.  */
6026 
6027 struct tm_clone_hasher : ggc_cache_ptr_hash<tree_map>
6028 {
6029   static hashval_t hash (tree_map *m) { return tree_map_hash (m); }
6030   static bool equal (tree_map *a, tree_map *b) { return tree_map_eq (a, b); }
6031 
6032   static int
6033   keep_cache_entry (tree_map *&e)
6034   {
6035     return ggc_marked_p (e->base.from);
6036   }
6037 };
6038 
6039 static GTY((cache)) hash_table<tm_clone_hasher> *tm_clone_hash;
6040 
6041 void
6042 record_tm_clone_pair (tree o, tree n)
6043 {
6044   struct tree_map **slot, *h;
6045 
6046   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6047     tm_clone_hash = hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::create_ggc (32);
6048 
6049   h = ggc_alloc<tree_map> ();
6050   h->hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6051   h->base.from = o;
6052   h->to = n;
6053 
6054   slot = tm_clone_hash->find_slot_with_hash (h, h->hash, INSERT);
6055   *slot = h;
6056 }
6057 
6058 tree
6059 get_tm_clone_pair (tree o)
6060 {
6061   if (tm_clone_hash)
6062     {
6063       struct tree_map *h, in;
6064 
6065       in.base.from = o;
6066       in.hash = htab_hash_pointer (o);
6067       h = tm_clone_hash->find_with_hash (&in, in.hash);
6068       if (h)
6069 	return h->to;
6070     }
6071   return NULL_TREE;
6072 }
6073 
6074 struct tm_alias_pair
6075 {
6076   unsigned int uid;
6077   tree from;
6078   tree to;
6079 };
6080 
6081 
6082 /* Dump the actual pairs to the .tm_clone_table section.  */
6083 
6084 static void
6085 dump_tm_clone_pairs (vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs)
6086 {
6087   unsigned i;
6088   tm_alias_pair *p;
6089   bool switched = false;
6090 
6091   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tm_alias_pairs, i, p)
6092     {
6093       tree src = p->from;
6094       tree dst = p->to;
6095       struct cgraph_node *src_n = cgraph_node::get (src);
6096       struct cgraph_node *dst_n = cgraph_node::get (dst);
6097 
6098       /* The function ipa_tm_create_version() marks the clone as needed if
6099 	 the original function was needed.  But we also mark the clone as
6100 	 needed if we ever called the clone indirectly through
6101 	 TM_GETTMCLONE.  If neither of these are true, we didn't generate
6102 	 a clone, and we didn't call it indirectly... no sense keeping it
6103 	 in the clone table.  */
6104       if (!dst_n || !dst_n->definition)
6105 	continue;
6106 
6107       /* This covers the case where we have optimized the original
6108 	 function away, and only access the transactional clone.  */
6109       if (!src_n || !src_n->definition)
6110 	continue;
6111 
6112       if (!switched)
6113 	{
6114 	  switch_to_section (targetm.asm_out.tm_clone_table_section ());
6115 	  assemble_align (POINTER_SIZE);
6116 	  switched = true;
6117 	}
6118 
6119       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (src), 0),
6120 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6121       assemble_integer (XEXP (DECL_RTL (dst), 0),
6122 			POINTER_SIZE_UNITS, POINTER_SIZE, 1);
6123     }
6124 }
6125 
6126 /* Provide a default for the tm_clone_table section.  */
6127 
6128 section *
6129 default_clone_table_section (void)
6130 {
6131   return get_named_section (NULL, ".tm_clone_table", 3);
6132 }
6133 
6134 /* Helper comparison function for qsorting by the DECL_UID stored in
6135    alias_pair->emitted_diags.  */
6136 
6137 static int
6138 tm_alias_pair_cmp (const void *x, const void *y)
6139 {
6140   const tm_alias_pair *p1 = (const tm_alias_pair *) x;
6141   const tm_alias_pair *p2 = (const tm_alias_pair *) y;
6142   if (p1->uid < p2->uid)
6143     return -1;
6144   if (p1->uid > p2->uid)
6145     return 1;
6146   return 0;
6147 }
6148 
6149 void
6150 finish_tm_clone_pairs (void)
6151 {
6152   vec<tm_alias_pair> tm_alias_pairs = vNULL;
6153 
6154   if (tm_clone_hash == NULL)
6155     return;
6156 
6157   /* We need a determenistic order for the .tm_clone_table, otherwise
6158      we will get bootstrap comparison failures, so dump the hash table
6159      to a vector, sort it, and dump the vector.  */
6160 
6161   /* Dump the hashtable to a vector.  */
6162   tree_map *map;
6163   hash_table<tm_clone_hasher>::iterator iter;
6164   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*tm_clone_hash, map, tree_map *, iter)
6165     {
6166       tm_alias_pair p = {DECL_UID (map->base.from), map->base.from, map->to};
6167       tm_alias_pairs.safe_push (p);
6168     }
6169   /* Sort it.  */
6170   tm_alias_pairs.qsort (tm_alias_pair_cmp);
6171 
6172   /* Dump it.  */
6173   dump_tm_clone_pairs (tm_alias_pairs);
6174 
6175   tm_clone_hash->empty ();
6176   tm_clone_hash = NULL;
6177   tm_alias_pairs.release ();
6178 }
6179 
6180 
6181 /* Emit an assembler directive to set symbol for DECL visibility to
6182    the visibility type VIS, which must not be VISIBILITY_DEFAULT.  */
6183 
6184 void
6185 default_assemble_visibility (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6186 			     int vis ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6187 {
6188 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
6189   static const char * const visibility_types[] = {
6190     NULL, "protected", "hidden", "internal"
6191   };
6192 
6193   const char *name, *type;
6194   tree id;
6195 
6196   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6197   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6198   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6199 
6200   type = visibility_types[vis];
6201 
6202   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.%s\t", type);
6203   assemble_name (asm_out_file, name);
6204   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n");
6205 #else
6206   if (!DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
6207     warning (OPT_Wattributes, "visibility attribute not supported "
6208 	     "in this configuration; ignored");
6209 #endif
6210 }
6211 
6212 /* A helper function to call assemble_visibility when needed for a decl.  */
6213 
6214 int
6215 maybe_assemble_visibility (tree decl)
6216 {
6217   enum symbol_visibility vis = DECL_VISIBILITY (decl);
6218   if (vis != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT)
6219     {
6220       targetm.asm_out.assemble_visibility (decl, vis);
6221       return 1;
6222     }
6223   else
6224     return 0;
6225 }
6226 
6227 /* Returns 1 if the target configuration supports defining public symbols
6228    so that one of them will be chosen at link time instead of generating a
6229    multiply-defined symbol error, whether through the use of weak symbols or
6230    a target-specific mechanism for having duplicates discarded.  */
6231 
6232 int
6233 supports_one_only (void)
6234 {
6235   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6236     return 1;
6237   return TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK;
6238 }
6239 
6240 /* Set up DECL as a public symbol that can be defined in multiple
6241    translation units without generating a linker error.  */
6242 
6243 void
6244 make_decl_one_only (tree decl, tree comdat_group)
6245 {
6246   struct symtab_node *symbol;
6247   gcc_assert (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl));
6248 
6249   TREE_PUBLIC (decl) = 1;
6250 
6251   if (VAR_P (decl))
6252     symbol = varpool_node::get_create (decl);
6253   else
6254     symbol = cgraph_node::get_create (decl);
6255 
6256   if (SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY)
6257     {
6258 #ifdef MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY
6259       MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl);
6260 #endif
6261       symbol->set_comdat_group (comdat_group);
6262     }
6263   else if (VAR_P (decl)
6264            && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == 0
6265 	       || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
6266     DECL_COMMON (decl) = 1;
6267   else
6268     {
6269       gcc_assert (TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK);
6270       DECL_WEAK (decl) = 1;
6271     }
6272 }
6273 
6274 void
6275 init_varasm_once (void)
6276 {
6277   section_htab = hash_table<section_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6278   object_block_htab = hash_table<object_block_hasher>::create_ggc (31);
6279   const_desc_htab = hash_table<tree_descriptor_hasher>::create_ggc (1009);
6280 
6281   shared_constant_pool = create_constant_pool ();
6282 
6283 #ifdef TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6284   text_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE, output_section_asm_op,
6285 				      TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6286 #endif
6287 
6288 #ifdef DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6289   data_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6290 				      DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6291 #endif
6292 
6293 #ifdef SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6294   sdata_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE, output_section_asm_op,
6295 				       SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6296 #endif
6297 
6298 #ifdef READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
6299   readonly_data_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6300 					       READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6301 #endif
6302 
6303 #ifdef CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6304   ctors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6305 				       CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6306 #endif
6307 
6308 #ifdef DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6309   dtors_section = get_unnamed_section (0, output_section_asm_op,
6310 				       DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6311 #endif
6312 
6313 #ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6314   bss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6315 				     output_section_asm_op,
6316 				     BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6317 #endif
6318 
6319 #ifdef SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
6320   sbss_section = get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6321 				      output_section_asm_op,
6322 				      SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP);
6323 #endif
6324 
6325   tls_comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6326 					   | SECTION_COMMON, emit_tls_common);
6327   lcomm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6328 					| SECTION_COMMON, emit_local);
6329   comm_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS
6330 				       | SECTION_COMMON, emit_common);
6331 
6332 #if defined ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS
6333   bss_noswitch_section = get_noswitch_section (SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_BSS,
6334 					       emit_bss);
6335 #endif
6336 
6337   targetm.asm_out.init_sections ();
6338 
6339   if (readonly_data_section == NULL)
6340     readonly_data_section = text_section;
6341 
6342 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL
6343   pending_assemble_externals_set = new hash_set<tree>;
6344 #endif
6345 }
6346 
6347 enum tls_model
6348 decl_default_tls_model (const_tree decl)
6349 {
6350   enum tls_model kind;
6351   bool is_local;
6352 
6353   is_local = targetm.binds_local_p (decl);
6354   if (!flag_shlib)
6355     {
6356       if (is_local)
6357 	kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC;
6358       else
6359 	kind = TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC;
6360     }
6361 
6362   /* Local dynamic is inefficient when we're not combining the
6363      parts of the address.  */
6364   else if (optimize && is_local)
6365     kind = TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC;
6366   else
6367     kind = TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC;
6368   if (kind < flag_tls_default)
6369     kind = flag_tls_default;
6370 
6371   return kind;
6372 }
6373 
6374 /* Select a set of attributes for section NAME based on the properties
6375    of DECL and whether or not RELOC indicates that DECL's initializer
6376    might contain runtime relocations.
6377 
6378    We make the section read-only and executable for a function decl,
6379    read-only for a const data decl, and writable for a non-const data decl.  */
6380 
6381 unsigned int
6382 default_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc)
6383 {
6384   unsigned int flags;
6385 
6386   if (decl && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6387     flags = SECTION_CODE;
6388   else if (decl)
6389     {
6390       enum section_category category
6391 	= categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc);
6392       if (decl_readonly_section_1 (category))
6393 	flags = 0;
6394       else if (category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO
6395 	       || category == SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL)
6396 	flags = SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_RELRO;
6397       else
6398 	flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6399     }
6400   else
6401     {
6402       flags = SECTION_WRITE;
6403       if (strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro") == 0
6404 	  || strcmp (name, ".data.rel.ro.local") == 0)
6405 	flags |= SECTION_RELRO;
6406     }
6407 
6408   if (decl && DECL_P (decl) && DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl))
6409     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6410 
6411   if (strcmp (name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0)
6412     flags |= SECTION_LINKONCE;
6413 
6414   if (decl && VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6415     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_WRITE;
6416 
6417   if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0
6418       || strncmp (name, ".bss.", 5) == 0
6419       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.b.", 16) == 0
6420       || strcmp (name, ".persistent.bss") == 0
6421       || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6422       || strncmp (name, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
6423       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
6424     flags |= SECTION_BSS;
6425 
6426   if (strcmp (name, ".tdata") == 0
6427       || strncmp (name, ".tdata.", 7) == 0
6428       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.td.", 17) == 0)
6429     flags |= SECTION_TLS;
6430 
6431   if (strcmp (name, ".tbss") == 0
6432       || strncmp (name, ".tbss.", 6) == 0
6433       || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.tb.", 17) == 0)
6434     flags |= SECTION_TLS | SECTION_BSS;
6435 
6436   /* Various sections have special ELF types that the assembler will
6437      assign by default based on the name.  They are neither SHT_PROGBITS
6438      nor SHT_NOBITS, so when changing sections we don't want to print a
6439      section type (@progbits or @nobits).  Rather than duplicating the
6440      assembler's knowledge of what those special name patterns are, just
6441      let the assembler choose the type if we don't know a specific
6442      reason to set it to something other than the default.  SHT_PROGBITS
6443      is the default for sections whose name is not specially known to
6444      the assembler, so it does no harm to leave the choice to the
6445      assembler when @progbits is the best thing we know to use.  If
6446      someone is silly enough to emit code or TLS variables to one of
6447      these sections, then don't handle them specially.
6448 
6449      default_elf_asm_named_section (below) handles the BSS, TLS, ENTSIZE, and
6450      LINKONCE cases when NOTYPE is not set, so leave those to its logic.  */
6451   if (!(flags & (SECTION_CODE | SECTION_BSS | SECTION_TLS | SECTION_ENTSIZE))
6452       && !(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)))
6453     flags |= SECTION_NOTYPE;
6454 
6455   return flags;
6456 }
6457 
6458 /* Return true if the target supports some form of global BSS,
6459    either through bss_noswitch_section, or by selecting a BSS
6460    section in TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION.  */
6461 
6462 bool
6463 have_global_bss_p (void)
6464 {
6465   return bss_noswitch_section || targetm.have_switchable_bss_sections;
6466 }
6467 
6468 /* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.
6469    Four variants for common object file formats.  */
6470 
6471 void
6472 default_no_named_section (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6473 			  unsigned int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6474 			  tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6475 {
6476   /* Some object formats don't support named sections at all.  The
6477      front-end should already have flagged this as an error.  */
6478   gcc_unreachable ();
6479 }
6480 
6481 #ifndef TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6482 #define TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG 'T'
6483 #endif
6484 
6485 void
6486 default_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6487 			       tree decl)
6488 {
6489   char flagchars[11], *f = flagchars;
6490   unsigned int numeric_value = 0;
6491 
6492   /* If we have already declared this section, we can use an
6493      abbreviated form to switch back to it -- unless this section is
6494      part of a COMDAT groups, in which case GAS requires the full
6495      declaration every time.  */
6496   if (!(HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6497       && (flags & SECTION_DECLARED))
6498     {
6499       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s\n", name);
6500       return;
6501     }
6502 
6503   /* If we have a machine specific flag, then use the numeric value to pass
6504      this on to GAS.  */
6505   if (targetm.asm_out.elf_flags_numeric (flags, &numeric_value))
6506       snprintf (f, sizeof (flagchars), "0x%08x", numeric_value);
6507   else
6508     {
6509       if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
6510 	*f++ = 'a';
6511 #if HAVE_GAS_SECTION_EXCLUDE
6512       if (flags & SECTION_EXCLUDE)
6513 	*f++ = 'e';
6514 #endif
6515       if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6516 	*f++ = 'w';
6517       if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6518 	*f++ = 'x';
6519       if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
6520 	*f++ = 's';
6521       if (flags & SECTION_MERGE)
6522 	*f++ = 'M';
6523       if (flags & SECTION_STRINGS)
6524 	*f++ = 'S';
6525       if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
6526 	*f++ = TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6527       if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6528 	*f++ = 'G';
6529 #ifdef MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
6530       if (flags & SECTION_MACH_DEP)
6531 	*f++ = MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG;
6532 #endif
6533       *f = '\0';
6534     }
6535 
6536   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"", name, flagchars);
6537 
6538   /* default_section_type_flags (above) knows which flags need special
6539      handling here, and sets NOTYPE when none of these apply so that the
6540      assembler's logic for default types can apply to user-chosen
6541      section names.  */
6542   if (!(flags & SECTION_NOTYPE))
6543     {
6544       const char *type;
6545       const char *format;
6546 
6547       if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
6548 	type = "nobits";
6549       else
6550 	type = "progbits";
6551 
6552       format = ",@%s";
6553       /* On platforms that use "@" as the assembly comment character,
6554 	 use "%" instead.  */
6555       if (strcmp (ASM_COMMENT_START, "@") == 0)
6556 	format = ",%%%s";
6557       fprintf (asm_out_file, format, type);
6558 
6559       if (flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE)
6560 	fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%d", flags & SECTION_ENTSIZE);
6561       if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE))
6562 	{
6563 	  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
6564 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat", IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl));
6565 	  else
6566 	    fprintf (asm_out_file, ",%s,comdat",
6567 		     IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (decl)));
6568 	}
6569     }
6570 
6571   putc ('\n', asm_out_file);
6572 }
6573 
6574 void
6575 default_coff_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6576 				tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6577 {
6578   char flagchars[8], *f = flagchars;
6579 
6580   if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
6581     *f++ = 'w';
6582   if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
6583     *f++ = 'x';
6584   *f = '\0';
6585 
6586   fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t%s,\"%s\"\n", name, flagchars);
6587 }
6588 
6589 void
6590 default_pe_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
6591 			      tree decl)
6592 {
6593   default_coff_asm_named_section (name, flags, decl);
6594 
6595   if (flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
6596     {
6597       /* Functions may have been compiled at various levels of
6598          optimization so we can't use `same_size' here.
6599          Instead, have the linker pick one.  */
6600       fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.linkonce %s\n",
6601 	       (flags & SECTION_CODE ? "discard" : "same_size"));
6602     }
6603 }
6604 
6605 /* The lame default section selector.  */
6606 
6607 section *
6608 default_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6609 			unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6610 {
6611   if (DECL_P (decl))
6612     {
6613       if (decl_readonly_section (decl, reloc))
6614 	return readonly_data_section;
6615     }
6616   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6617     {
6618       if (! ((flag_pic && reloc)
6619 	     || !TREE_READONLY (decl)
6620 	     || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6621 	     || !TREE_CONSTANT (decl)))
6622 	return readonly_data_section;
6623     }
6624   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6625     return readonly_data_section;
6626   else if (! (flag_pic && reloc))
6627     return readonly_data_section;
6628 
6629   return data_section;
6630 }
6631 
6632 enum section_category
6633 categorize_decl_for_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6634 {
6635   enum section_category ret;
6636 
6637   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6638     return SECCAT_TEXT;
6639   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST)
6640     {
6641       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6642 	  && asan_protect_global (CONST_CAST_TREE (decl)))
6643       /* or !flag_merge_constants */
6644         return SECCAT_RODATA;
6645       else
6646 	return SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR;
6647     }
6648   else if (VAR_P (decl))
6649     {
6650       tree d = CONST_CAST_TREE (decl);
6651       if (bss_initializer_p (decl))
6652 	ret = SECCAT_BSS;
6653       else if (! TREE_READONLY (decl)
6654 	       || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6655 	       || (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6656 		   && ! TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6657 	{
6658 	  /* Here the reloc_rw_mask is not testing whether the section should
6659 	     be read-only or not, but whether the dynamic link will have to
6660 	     do something.  If so, we wish to segregate the data in order to
6661 	     minimize cache misses inside the dynamic linker.  */
6662 	  if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6663 	    ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL;
6664 	  else
6665 	    ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6666 	}
6667       else if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6668 	ret = reloc == 1 ? SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL : SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO;
6669       else if (reloc || flag_merge_constants < 2
6670 	       || ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
6671 		   /* PR 81697: for architectures that use section anchors we
6672 		      need to ignore DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl) for string constants
6673 		      inside this asan_protect_global call because otherwise
6674 		      we'll wrongly put them into SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST
6675 		      section, set DECL_RTL (decl) later on and add DECL to
6676 		      protected globals via successive asan_protect_global
6677 		      calls.  In this scenario we'll end up with wrong
6678 		      alignment of these strings at runtime and possible ASan
6679 		      false positives.  */
6680 		   && asan_protect_global (d, use_object_blocks_p ()
6681 					      && use_blocks_for_decl_p (d))))
6682 	/* C and C++ don't allow different variables to share the same
6683 	   location.  -fmerge-all-constants allows even that (at the
6684 	   expense of not conforming).  */
6685 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6686       else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl)
6687 	       && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST)
6688 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT;
6689       else
6690 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST;
6691     }
6692   else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == CONSTRUCTOR)
6693     {
6694       if ((reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6695 	  || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
6696 	  || ! TREE_CONSTANT (decl))
6697 	ret = SECCAT_DATA;
6698       else
6699 	ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6700     }
6701   else
6702     ret = SECCAT_RODATA;
6703 
6704   /* There are no read-only thread-local sections.  */
6705   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6706     {
6707       /* Note that this would be *just* SECCAT_BSS, except that there's
6708 	 no concept of a read-only thread-local-data section.  */
6709       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS
6710 	  || DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
6711 	  || (flag_zero_initialized_in_bss
6712 	      && initializer_zerop (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
6713 	ret = SECCAT_TBSS;
6714       else
6715 	ret = SECCAT_TDATA;
6716     }
6717 
6718   /* If the target uses small data sections, select it.  */
6719   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6720     {
6721       if (ret == SECCAT_BSS)
6722 	ret = SECCAT_SBSS;
6723       else if (targetm.have_srodata_section && ret == SECCAT_RODATA)
6724 	ret = SECCAT_SRODATA;
6725       else
6726 	ret = SECCAT_SDATA;
6727     }
6728 
6729   return ret;
6730 }
6731 
6732 static bool
6733 decl_readonly_section_1 (enum section_category category)
6734 {
6735   switch (category)
6736     {
6737     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6738     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6739     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6740     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6741     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6742       return true;
6743     default:
6744       return false;
6745     }
6746 }
6747 
6748 bool
6749 decl_readonly_section (const_tree decl, int reloc)
6750 {
6751   return decl_readonly_section_1 (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc));
6752 }
6753 
6754 /* Select a section based on the above categorization.  */
6755 
6756 section *
6757 default_elf_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
6758 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6759 {
6760   const char *sname;
6761   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6762     {
6763     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6764       /* We're not supposed to be called on FUNCTION_DECLs.  */
6765       gcc_unreachable ();
6766     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6767       return readonly_data_section;
6768     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6769       return mergeable_string_section (decl, align, 0);
6770     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6771       return mergeable_string_section (DECL_INITIAL (decl), align, 0);
6772     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6773       return mergeable_constant_section (DECL_MODE (decl), align, 0);
6774     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6775       sname = ".sdata2";
6776       break;
6777     case SECCAT_DATA:
6778       return data_section;
6779     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6780       sname = ".data.rel";
6781       break;
6782     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6783       sname = ".data.rel.local";
6784       break;
6785     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6786       sname = ".data.rel.ro";
6787       break;
6788     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6789       sname = ".data.rel.ro.local";
6790       break;
6791     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6792       sname = ".sdata";
6793       break;
6794     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6795       sname = ".tdata";
6796       break;
6797     case SECCAT_BSS:
6798       if (bss_section)
6799 	return bss_section;
6800       sname = ".bss";
6801       break;
6802     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6803       sname = ".sbss";
6804       break;
6805     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6806       sname = ".tbss";
6807       break;
6808     default:
6809       gcc_unreachable ();
6810     }
6811 
6812   return get_named_section (decl, sname, reloc);
6813 }
6814 
6815 /* Construct a unique section name based on the decl name and the
6816    categorization performed above.  */
6817 
6818 void
6819 default_unique_section (tree decl, int reloc)
6820 {
6821   /* We only need to use .gnu.linkonce if we don't have COMDAT groups.  */
6822   bool one_only = DECL_ONE_ONLY (decl) && !HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP;
6823   const char *prefix, *name, *linkonce;
6824   char *string;
6825   tree id;
6826 
6827   switch (categorize_decl_for_section (decl, reloc))
6828     {
6829     case SECCAT_TEXT:
6830       prefix = one_only ? ".t" : ".text";
6831       break;
6832     case SECCAT_RODATA:
6833     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR:
6834     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_STR_INIT:
6835     case SECCAT_RODATA_MERGE_CONST:
6836       prefix = one_only ? ".r" : ".rodata";
6837       break;
6838     case SECCAT_SRODATA:
6839       prefix = one_only ? ".s2" : ".sdata2";
6840       break;
6841     case SECCAT_DATA:
6842       prefix = one_only ? ".d" : ".data";
6843       break;
6844     case SECCAT_DATA_REL:
6845       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel" : ".data.rel";
6846       break;
6847     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_LOCAL:
6848       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.local" : ".data.rel.local";
6849       break;
6850     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO:
6851       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro" : ".data.rel.ro";
6852       break;
6853     case SECCAT_DATA_REL_RO_LOCAL:
6854       prefix = one_only ? ".d.rel.ro.local" : ".data.rel.ro.local";
6855       break;
6856     case SECCAT_SDATA:
6857       prefix = one_only ? ".s" : ".sdata";
6858       break;
6859     case SECCAT_BSS:
6860       prefix = one_only ? ".b" : ".bss";
6861       break;
6862     case SECCAT_SBSS:
6863       prefix = one_only ? ".sb" : ".sbss";
6864       break;
6865     case SECCAT_TDATA:
6866       prefix = one_only ? ".td" : ".tdata";
6867       break;
6868     case SECCAT_TBSS:
6869       prefix = one_only ? ".tb" : ".tbss";
6870       break;
6871     default:
6872       gcc_unreachable ();
6873     }
6874 
6875   id = DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl);
6876   ultimate_transparent_alias_target (&id);
6877   name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id);
6878   name = targetm.strip_name_encoding (name);
6879 
6880   /* If we're using one_only, then there needs to be a .gnu.linkonce
6881      prefix to the section name.  */
6882   linkonce = one_only ? ".gnu.linkonce" : "";
6883 
6884   string = ACONCAT ((linkonce, prefix, ".", name, NULL));
6885 
6886   set_decl_section_name (decl, string);
6887 }
6888 
6889 /* Subroutine of compute_reloc_for_rtx for leaf rtxes.  */
6890 
6891 static int
6892 compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (const_rtx x)
6893 {
6894   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6895     {
6896     case SYMBOL_REF:
6897       return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? 1 : 2;
6898     case LABEL_REF:
6899       return 1;
6900     default:
6901       return 0;
6902     }
6903 }
6904 
6905 /* Like compute_reloc_for_constant, except for an RTX.  The return value
6906    is a mask for which bit 1 indicates a global relocation, and bit 0
6907    indicates a local relocation.  */
6908 
6909 static int
6910 compute_reloc_for_rtx (const_rtx x)
6911 {
6912   switch (GET_CODE (x))
6913     {
6914     case SYMBOL_REF:
6915     case LABEL_REF:
6916       return compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (x);
6917 
6918     case CONST:
6919       {
6920 	int reloc = 0;
6921 	subrtx_iterator::array_type array;
6922 	FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter, array, x, ALL)
6923 	  reloc |= compute_reloc_for_rtx_1 (*iter);
6924 	return reloc;
6925       }
6926 
6927     default:
6928       return 0;
6929     }
6930 }
6931 
6932 section *
6933 default_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6934 			    rtx x,
6935 			    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6936 {
6937   if (compute_reloc_for_rtx (x) & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6938     return data_section;
6939   else
6940     return readonly_data_section;
6941 }
6942 
6943 section *
6944 default_elf_select_rtx_section (machine_mode mode, rtx x,
6945 				unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
6946 {
6947   int reloc = compute_reloc_for_rtx (x);
6948 
6949   /* ??? Handle small data here somehow.  */
6950 
6951   if (reloc & targetm.asm_out.reloc_rw_mask ())
6952     {
6953       if (reloc == 1)
6954 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro.local", 1);
6955       else
6956 	return get_named_section (NULL, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
6957     }
6958 
6959   return mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
6960 }
6961 
6962 /* Set the generally applicable flags on the SYMBOL_REF for EXP.  */
6963 
6964 void
6965 default_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6966 {
6967   rtx symbol;
6968   int flags;
6969 
6970   /* Careful not to prod global register variables.  */
6971   if (!MEM_P (rtl))
6972     return;
6973   symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);
6974   if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
6975     return;
6976 
6977   flags = SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) & SYMBOL_FLAG_HAS_BLOCK_INFO;
6978   if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
6979     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_FUNCTION;
6980   if (targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
6981     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
6982   if (VAR_P (decl) && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
6983     flags |= DECL_TLS_MODEL (decl) << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
6984   else if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
6985     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_SMALL;
6986   /* ??? Why is DECL_EXTERNAL ever set for non-PUBLIC names?  Without
6987      being PUBLIC, the thing *must* be defined in this translation unit.
6988      Prevent this buglet from being propagated into rtl code as well.  */
6989   if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6990     flags |= SYMBOL_FLAG_EXTERNAL;
6991 
6992   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (symbol) = flags;
6993 }
6994 
6995 /* By default, we do nothing for encode_section_info, so we need not
6996    do anything but discard the '*' marker.  */
6997 
6998 const char *
6999 default_strip_name_encoding (const char *str)
7000 {
7001   return str + (*str == '*');
7002 }
7003 
7004 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
7005 /* The default implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR.  Define the
7006    anchor relative to ".", the current section position.  */
7007 
7008 void
7009 default_asm_output_anchor (rtx symbol)
7010 {
7011   char buffer[100];
7012 
7013   sprintf (buffer, "*. + " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
7014 	   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol));
7015   ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (asm_out_file, XSTR (symbol, 0), buffer);
7016 }
7017 #endif
7018 
7019 /* The default implementation of TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P.  */
7020 
7021 bool
7022 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p (const_rtx symbol)
7023 {
7024   tree decl;
7025   section *sect = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol)->sect;
7026 
7027   /* This function should only be called with non-zero SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK,
7028      furthermore get_block_for_section should not create object blocks
7029      for mergeable sections.  */
7030   gcc_checking_assert (sect && !(sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7031 
7032   /* Don't use anchors for small data sections.  The small data register
7033      acts as an anchor for such sections.  */
7034   if (sect->common.flags & SECTION_SMALL)
7035     return false;
7036 
7037   decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7038   if (decl && DECL_P (decl))
7039     {
7040       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that might be defined or
7041 	 usurped by other modules.  */
7042       if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl) && !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl))
7043 	return false;
7044 
7045       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that will be placed in a
7046 	 small data section.  */
7047       /* ??? Ideally, this check would be redundant with the SECTION_SMALL
7048 	 one above.  The problem is that we only use SECTION_SMALL for
7049 	 sections that should be marked as small in the section directive.  */
7050       if (targetm.in_small_data_p (decl))
7051 	return false;
7052 
7053       /* Don't use section anchors for decls that won't fit inside a single
7054 	 anchor range to reduce the amount of instructions required to refer
7055 	 to the entire declaration.  */
7056       if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl) == NULL_TREE
7057 	  || !tree_fits_uhwi_p (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7058 	  || (tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl))
7059 	      >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset))
7060 	return false;
7061 
7062     }
7063   return true;
7064 }
7065 
7066 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound to the
7067    definition provided by current .o file.  */
7068 
7069 static bool
7070 resolution_to_local_definition_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7071 {
7072   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7073 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7074 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY);
7075 }
7076 
7077 /* Return true when RESOLUTION indicate that symbol will be bound locally
7078    within current executable or DSO.  */
7079 
7080 static bool
7081 resolution_local_p (enum ld_plugin_symbol_resolution resolution)
7082 {
7083   return (resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF
7084 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY
7085 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREVAILING_DEF_IRONLY_EXP
7086 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_REG
7087 	  || resolution == LDPR_PREEMPTED_IR
7088 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_IR
7089 	  || resolution == LDPR_RESOLVED_EXEC);
7090 }
7091 
7092 /* COMMON_LOCAL_P is true means that the linker can guarantee that an
7093    uninitialized common symbol in the executable will still be defined
7094    (through COPY relocation) in the executable.  */
7095 
7096 bool
7097 default_binds_local_p_3 (const_tree exp, bool shlib, bool weak_dominate,
7098 			 bool extern_protected_data, bool common_local_p)
7099 {
7100   /* A non-decl is an entry in the constant pool.  */
7101   if (!DECL_P (exp))
7102     return true;
7103 
7104   /* Weakrefs may not bind locally, even though the weakref itself is always
7105      static and therefore local.  Similarly, the resolver for ifunc functions
7106      might resolve to a non-local function.
7107      FIXME: We can resolve the weakref case more curefuly by looking at the
7108      weakref alias.  */
7109   if (lookup_attribute ("weakref", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (exp))
7110       || (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7111 	  && cgraph_node::get (exp)
7112 	  && cgraph_node::get (exp)->ifunc_resolver))
7113     return false;
7114 
7115   /* Static variables are always local.  */
7116   if (! TREE_PUBLIC (exp))
7117     return true;
7118 
7119   /* With resolution file in hand, take look into resolutions.
7120      We can't just return true for resolved_locally symbols,
7121      because dynamic linking might overwrite symbols
7122      in shared libraries.  */
7123   bool resolved_locally = false;
7124 
7125   bool uninited_common = (DECL_COMMON (exp)
7126 			  && (DECL_INITIAL (exp) == NULL
7127 			      || (!in_lto_p
7128 				  && DECL_INITIAL (exp) == error_mark_node)));
7129 
7130   /* A non-external variable is defined locally only if it isn't
7131      uninitialized COMMON variable or common_local_p is true.  */
7132   bool defined_locally = (!DECL_EXTERNAL (exp)
7133 			  && (!uninited_common || common_local_p));
7134   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (exp))
7135     {
7136       if (node->in_other_partition)
7137 	defined_locally = true;
7138       if (node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7139 	;
7140       else if (resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution))
7141 	defined_locally = resolved_locally = true;
7142       else if (resolution_local_p (node->resolution))
7143 	resolved_locally = true;
7144     }
7145   if (defined_locally && weak_dominate && !shlib)
7146     resolved_locally = true;
7147 
7148   /* Undefined weak symbols are never defined locally.  */
7149   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !defined_locally)
7150     return false;
7151 
7152   /* A symbol is local if the user has said explicitly that it will be,
7153      or if we have a definition for the symbol.  We cannot infer visibility
7154      for undefined symbols.  */
7155   if (DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_DEFAULT
7156       && (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL
7157 	  || !extern_protected_data
7158 	  || DECL_VISIBILITY (exp) != VISIBILITY_PROTECTED)
7159       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (exp) || defined_locally))
7160     return true;
7161 
7162   /* If PIC, then assume that any global name can be overridden by
7163      symbols resolved from other modules.  */
7164   if (shlib)
7165     return false;
7166 
7167   /* Variables defined outside this object might not be local.  */
7168   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7169     return false;
7170 
7171   /* Non-dominant weak symbols are not defined locally.  */
7172   if (DECL_WEAK (exp) && !resolved_locally)
7173     return false;
7174 
7175   /* Uninitialized COMMON variable may be unified with symbols
7176      resolved from other modules.  */
7177   if (uninited_common && !resolved_locally)
7178     return false;
7179 
7180   /* Otherwise we're left with initialized (or non-common) global data
7181      which is of necessity defined locally.  */
7182   return true;
7183 }
7184 
7185 /* Assume ELF-ish defaults, since that's pretty much the most liberal
7186    wrt cross-module name binding.  */
7187 
7188 bool
7189 default_binds_local_p (const_tree exp)
7190 {
7191   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, false, false);
7192 }
7193 
7194 /* Similar to default_binds_local_p, but common symbol may be local and
7195    extern protected data is non-local.  */
7196 
7197 bool
7198 default_binds_local_p_2 (const_tree exp)
7199 {
7200   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, flag_shlib != 0, true, true,
7201 				  !flag_pic);
7202 }
7203 
7204 bool
7205 default_binds_local_p_1 (const_tree exp, int shlib)
7206 {
7207   return default_binds_local_p_3 (exp, shlib != 0, false, false, false);
7208 }
7209 
7210 /* Return true when references to DECL must bind to current definition in
7211    final executable.
7212 
7213    The condition is usually equivalent to whether the function binds to the
7214    current module (shared library or executable), that is to binds_local_p.
7215    We use this fact to avoid need for another target hook and implement
7216    the logic using binds_local_p and just special cases where
7217    decl_binds_to_current_def_p is stronger than binds_local_p.  In particular
7218    the weak definitions (that can be overwritten at linktime by other
7219    definition from different object file) and when resolution info is available
7220    we simply use the knowledge passed to us by linker plugin.  */
7221 bool
7222 decl_binds_to_current_def_p (const_tree decl)
7223 {
7224   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7225   if (!targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
7226     return false;
7227   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7228     return true;
7229 
7230   /* When resolution is available, just use it.  */
7231   if (symtab_node *node = symtab_node::get (decl))
7232     {
7233       if (node->resolution != LDPR_UNKNOWN
7234 	  && !node->can_be_discarded_p ())
7235 	return resolution_to_local_definition_p (node->resolution);
7236     }
7237 
7238   /* Otherwise we have to assume the worst for DECL_WEAK (hidden weaks
7239      binds locally but still can be overwritten), DECL_COMMON (can be merged
7240      with a non-common definition somewhere in the same module) or
7241      DECL_EXTERNAL.
7242      This rely on fact that binds_local_p behave as decl_replaceable_p
7243      for all other declaration types.  */
7244   if (DECL_WEAK (decl))
7245     return false;
7246   if (DECL_COMMON (decl)
7247       && (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL
7248 	  || (!in_lto_p && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node)))
7249     return false;
7250   if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
7251     return false;
7252   return true;
7253 }
7254 
7255 /* A replaceable function or variable is one which may be replaced
7256    at link-time with an entirely different definition, provided that the
7257    replacement has the same type.  For example, functions declared
7258    with __attribute__((weak)) on most systems are replaceable.
7259 
7260    COMDAT functions are not replaceable, since all definitions of the
7261    function must be equivalent.  It is important that COMDAT functions
7262    not be treated as replaceable so that use of C++ template
7263    instantiations is not penalized.  */
7264 
7265 bool
7266 decl_replaceable_p (tree decl)
7267 {
7268   gcc_assert (DECL_P (decl));
7269   if (!TREE_PUBLIC (decl) || DECL_COMDAT (decl))
7270     return false;
7271   if (!flag_semantic_interposition
7272       && !DECL_WEAK (decl))
7273     return false;
7274   return !decl_binds_to_current_def_p (decl);
7275 }
7276 
7277 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a label.  A
7278    target must define GLOBAL_ASM_OP or provide its own function to
7279    globalize a label.  */
7280 #ifdef GLOBAL_ASM_OP
7281 void
7282 default_globalize_label (FILE * stream, const char *name)
7283 {
7284   fputs (GLOBAL_ASM_OP, stream);
7285   assemble_name (stream, name);
7286   putc ('\n', stream);
7287 }
7288 #endif /* GLOBAL_ASM_OP */
7289 
7290 /* Default function to output code that will globalize a declaration.  */
7291 void
7292 default_globalize_decl_name (FILE * stream, tree decl)
7293 {
7294   const char *name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
7295   targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (stream, name);
7296 }
7297 
7298 /* Default function to output a label for unwind information.  The
7299    default is to do nothing.  A target that needs nonlocal labels for
7300    unwind information must provide its own function to do this.  */
7301 void
7302 default_emit_unwind_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7303 			   tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7304 			   int for_eh ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7305 			   int empty ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7306 {
7307 }
7308 
7309 /* Default function to output a label to divide up the exception table.
7310    The default is to do nothing.  A target that needs/wants to divide
7311    up the table must provide it's own function to do this.  */
7312 void
7313 default_emit_except_table_label (FILE * stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7314 {
7315 }
7316 
7317 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7318    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7319 
7320 void
7321 default_generate_internal_label (char *buf, const char *prefix,
7322 				 unsigned long labelno)
7323 {
7324   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7325 }
7326 
7327 /* This is how to output an internal numbered label where PREFIX is
7328    the class of label and LABELNO is the number within the class.  */
7329 
7330 void
7331 default_internal_label (FILE *stream, const char *prefix,
7332 			unsigned long labelno)
7333 {
7334   char *const buf = (char *) alloca (40 + strlen (prefix));
7335   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, labelno);
7336   ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (stream, buf);
7337 }
7338 
7339 
7340 /* The default implementation of ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME.  */
7341 
7342 void
7343 default_asm_declare_constant_name (FILE *file, const char *name,
7344 				   const_tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7345 				   HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7346 {
7347   assemble_label (file, name);
7348 }
7349 
7350 /* This is the default behavior at the beginning of a file.  It's
7351    controlled by two other target-hook toggles.  */
7352 void
7353 default_file_start (void)
7354 {
7355   if (targetm.asm_file_start_app_off
7356       && !(flag_verbose_asm || flag_debug_asm || flag_dump_rtl_in_asm))
7357     fputs (ASM_APP_OFF, asm_out_file);
7358 
7359   if (targetm.asm_file_start_file_directive)
7360     {
7361       /* LTO produced units have no meaningful main_input_filename.  */
7362       if (in_lto_p)
7363 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, "<artificial>");
7364       else
7365 	output_file_directive (asm_out_file, main_input_filename);
7366     }
7367 }
7368 
7369 /* This is a generic routine suitable for use as TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
7370    which emits a special section directive used to indicate whether or
7371    not this object file needs an executable stack.  This is primarily
7372    a GNU extension to ELF but could be used on other targets.  */
7373 
7374 int trampolines_created;
7375 
7376 void
7377 file_end_indicate_exec_stack (void)
7378 {
7379   unsigned int flags = SECTION_DEBUG;
7380   if (trampolines_created)
7381     flags |= SECTION_CODE;
7382 
7383   switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-stack", flags, NULL));
7384 }
7385 
7386 /* Emit a special section directive to indicate that this object file
7387    was compiled with -fsplit-stack.  This is used to let the linker
7388    detect calls between split-stack code and non-split-stack code, so
7389    that it can modify the split-stack code to allocate a sufficiently
7390    large stack.  We emit another special section if there are any
7391    functions in this file which have the no_split_stack attribute, to
7392    prevent the linker from warning about being unable to convert the
7393    functions if they call non-split-stack code.  */
7394 
7395 void
7396 file_end_indicate_split_stack (void)
7397 {
7398   if (flag_split_stack)
7399     {
7400       switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-split-stack", SECTION_DEBUG,
7401 				      NULL));
7402       if (saw_no_split_stack)
7403 	switch_to_section (get_section (".note.GNU-no-split-stack",
7404 					SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7405     }
7406 }
7407 
7408 /* Output DIRECTIVE (a C string) followed by a newline.  This is used as
7409    a get_unnamed_section callback.  */
7410 
7411 void
7412 output_section_asm_op (const void *directive)
7413 {
7414   fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", (const char *) directive);
7415 }
7416 
7417 /* Emit assembly code to switch to section NEW_SECTION.  Do nothing if
7418    the current section is NEW_SECTION.  */
7419 
7420 void
7421 switch_to_section (section *new_section)
7422 {
7423   if (in_section == new_section)
7424     return;
7425 
7426   if (new_section->common.flags & SECTION_FORGET)
7427     in_section = NULL;
7428   else
7429     in_section = new_section;
7430 
7431   switch (SECTION_STYLE (new_section))
7432     {
7433     case SECTION_NAMED:
7434       targetm.asm_out.named_section (new_section->named.name,
7435 				     new_section->named.common.flags,
7436 				     new_section->named.decl);
7437       break;
7438 
7439     case SECTION_UNNAMED:
7440       new_section->unnamed.callback (new_section->unnamed.data);
7441       break;
7442 
7443     case SECTION_NOSWITCH:
7444       gcc_unreachable ();
7445       break;
7446     }
7447 
7448   new_section->common.flags |= SECTION_DECLARED;
7449 }
7450 
7451 /* If block symbol SYMBOL has not yet been assigned an offset, place
7452    it at the end of its block.  */
7453 
7454 void
7455 place_block_symbol (rtx symbol)
7456 {
7457   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, mask, offset;
7458   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7459   unsigned int alignment;
7460   struct object_block *block;
7461   tree decl;
7462 
7463   gcc_assert (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol));
7464   if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) >= 0)
7465     return;
7466 
7467   /* Work out the symbol's size and alignment.  */
7468   if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7469     {
7470       desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7471       alignment = desc->align;
7472       size = GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7473     }
7474   else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7475     {
7476       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7477       gcc_checking_assert (DECL_IN_CONSTANT_POOL (decl));
7478       alignment = DECL_ALIGN (decl);
7479       size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7480       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7481 	  && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7482 	  && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7483 	{
7484 	  size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7485 	  alignment = MAX (alignment,
7486 			   ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7487 	}
7488     }
7489   else
7490     {
7491       struct symtab_node *snode;
7492       decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7493 
7494       snode = symtab_node::get (decl);
7495       if (snode->alias)
7496 	{
7497 	  rtx target = DECL_RTL (snode->ultimate_alias_target ()->decl);
7498 
7499 	  gcc_assert (MEM_P (target)
7500 		      && GET_CODE (XEXP (target, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
7501 		      && SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (XEXP (target, 0)));
7502 	  target = XEXP (target, 0);
7503 	  place_block_symbol (target);
7504 	  SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (target);
7505 	  return;
7506 	}
7507       alignment = get_variable_align (decl);
7508       size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7509       if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7510 	  && asan_protect_global (decl))
7511 	{
7512 	  size += asan_red_zone_size (size);
7513 	  alignment = MAX (alignment,
7514 			   ASAN_RED_ZONE_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT);
7515 	}
7516     }
7517 
7518   /* Calculate the object's offset from the start of the block.  */
7519   block = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (symbol);
7520   mask = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1;
7521   offset = (block->size + mask) & ~mask;
7522   SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) = offset;
7523 
7524   /* Record the block's new alignment and size.  */
7525   block->alignment = MAX (block->alignment, alignment);
7526   block->size = offset + size;
7527 
7528   vec_safe_push (block->objects, symbol);
7529 }
7530 
7531 /* Return the anchor that should be used to address byte offset OFFSET
7532    from the first object in BLOCK.  MODEL is the TLS model used
7533    to access it.  */
7534 
7535 rtx
7536 get_section_anchor (struct object_block *block, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
7537 		    enum tls_model model)
7538 {
7539   char label[100];
7540   unsigned int begin, middle, end;
7541   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset, max_offset, range, bias, delta;
7542   rtx anchor;
7543 
7544   /* Work out the anchor's offset.  Use an offset of 0 for the first
7545      anchor so that we don't pessimize the case where we take the address
7546      of a variable at the beginning of the block.  This is particularly
7547      useful when a block has only one variable assigned to it.
7548 
7549      We try to place anchors RANGE bytes apart, so there can then be
7550      anchors at +/-RANGE, +/-2 * RANGE, and so on, up to the limits of
7551      a ptr_mode offset.  With some target settings, the lowest such
7552      anchor might be out of range for the lowest ptr_mode offset;
7553      likewise the highest anchor for the highest offset.  Use anchors
7554      at the extreme ends of the ptr_mode range in such cases.
7555 
7556      All arithmetic uses unsigned integers in order to avoid
7557      signed overflow.  */
7558   max_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.max_anchor_offset;
7559   min_offset = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) targetm.min_anchor_offset;
7560   range = max_offset - min_offset + 1;
7561   if (range == 0)
7562     offset = 0;
7563   else
7564     {
7565       bias = HOST_WIDE_INT_1U << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (ptr_mode) - 1);
7566       if (offset < 0)
7567 	{
7568 	  delta = -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset + max_offset;
7569 	  delta -= delta % range;
7570 	  if (delta > bias)
7571 	    delta = bias;
7572 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-delta);
7573 	}
7574       else
7575 	{
7576 	  delta = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) offset - min_offset;
7577 	  delta -= delta % range;
7578 	  if (delta > bias - 1)
7579 	    delta = bias - 1;
7580 	  offset = (HOST_WIDE_INT) delta;
7581 	}
7582     }
7583 
7584   /* Do a binary search to see if there's already an anchor we can use.
7585      Set BEGIN to the new anchor's index if not.  */
7586   begin = 0;
7587   end = vec_safe_length (block->anchors);
7588   while (begin != end)
7589     {
7590       middle = (end + begin) / 2;
7591       anchor = (*block->anchors)[middle];
7592       if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) > offset)
7593 	end = middle;
7594       else if (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (anchor) < offset)
7595 	begin = middle + 1;
7596       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) > model)
7597 	end = middle;
7598       else if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (anchor) < model)
7599 	begin = middle + 1;
7600       else
7601 	return anchor;
7602     }
7603 
7604   /* Create a new anchor with a unique label.  */
7605   ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LANCHOR", anchor_labelno++);
7606   anchor = create_block_symbol (ggc_strdup (label), block, offset);
7607   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL | SYMBOL_FLAG_ANCHOR;
7608   SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (anchor) |= model << SYMBOL_FLAG_TLS_SHIFT;
7609 
7610   /* Insert it at index BEGIN.  */
7611   vec_safe_insert (block->anchors, begin, anchor);
7612   return anchor;
7613 }
7614 
7615 /* Output the objects in BLOCK.  */
7616 
7617 static void
7618 output_object_block (struct object_block *block)
7619 {
7620   struct constant_descriptor_rtx *desc;
7621   unsigned int i;
7622   HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
7623   tree decl;
7624   rtx symbol;
7625 
7626   if (!block->objects)
7627     return;
7628 
7629   /* Switch to the section and make sure that the first byte is
7630      suitably aligned.  */
7631   /* Special case VTV comdat sections similar to assemble_variable.  */
7632   if (SECTION_STYLE (block->sect) == SECTION_NAMED
7633       && block->sect->named.name
7634       && (strcmp (block->sect->named.name, ".vtable_map_vars") == 0))
7635     handle_vtv_comdat_section (block->sect, block->sect->named.decl);
7636   else
7637     switch_to_section (block->sect);
7638 
7639   gcc_checking_assert (!(block->sect->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE));
7640   assemble_align (block->alignment);
7641 
7642   /* Define the values of all anchors relative to the current section
7643      position.  */
7644   FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (block->anchors, i, symbol)
7645     targetm.asm_out.output_anchor (symbol);
7646 
7647   /* Output the objects themselves.  */
7648   offset = 0;
7649   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (*block->objects, i, symbol)
7650     {
7651       /* Move to the object's offset, padding with zeros if necessary.  */
7652       assemble_zeros (SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol) - offset);
7653       offset = SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (symbol);
7654       if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7655 	{
7656 	  desc = SYMBOL_REF_CONSTANT (symbol);
7657 	  /* Pass 1 for align as we have already laid out everything in the block.
7658 	     So aligning shouldn't be necessary.  */
7659 	  output_constant_pool_1 (desc, 1);
7660 	  offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (desc->mode);
7661 	}
7662       else if (TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (symbol))
7663 	{
7664 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7665 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7666 	  assemble_constant_contents (DECL_INITIAL (decl), XSTR (symbol, 0),
7667 				      DECL_ALIGN (decl), false);
7668 
7669 	  size = get_constant_size (DECL_INITIAL (decl));
7670 	  offset += size;
7671 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7672 	      && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
7673 	      && asan_protect_global (DECL_INITIAL (decl)))
7674 	    {
7675 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7676 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7677 	      offset += size;
7678 	    }
7679 	}
7680       else
7681 	{
7682 	  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
7683 	  decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol);
7684 	  assemble_variable_contents (decl, XSTR (symbol, 0), false, false);
7685 	  size = tree_to_uhwi (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (decl));
7686 	  offset += size;
7687 	  if ((flag_sanitize & SANITIZE_ADDRESS)
7688 	      && asan_protect_global (decl))
7689 	    {
7690 	      size = asan_red_zone_size (size);
7691 	      assemble_zeros (size);
7692 	      offset += size;
7693 	    }
7694 	}
7695     }
7696 }
7697 
7698 /* A callback for qsort to compare object_blocks.  */
7699 
7700 static int
7701 output_object_block_compare (const void *x, const void *y)
7702 {
7703   object_block *p1 = *(object_block * const*)x;
7704   object_block *p2 = *(object_block * const*)y;
7705 
7706   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7707       && !(p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED))
7708     return 1;
7709 
7710   if (!(p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7711       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7712     return -1;
7713 
7714   if (p1->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED
7715       && p2->sect->common.flags & SECTION_NAMED)
7716     return strcmp (p1->sect->named.name, p2->sect->named.name);
7717 
7718   unsigned f1 = p1->sect->common.flags;
7719   unsigned f2 = p2->sect->common.flags;
7720   if (f1 == f2)
7721     return 0;
7722   return f1 < f2 ? -1 : 1;
7723 }
7724 
7725 /* Output the definitions of all object_blocks.  */
7726 
7727 void
7728 output_object_blocks (void)
7729 {
7730   vec<object_block *, va_heap> v;
7731   v.create (object_block_htab->elements ());
7732   object_block *obj;
7733   hash_table<object_block_hasher>::iterator hi;
7734 
7735   FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*object_block_htab, obj, object_block *, hi)
7736     v.quick_push (obj);
7737 
7738   /* Sort them in order to output them in a deterministic manner,
7739      otherwise we may get .rodata sections in different orders with
7740      and without -g.  */
7741   v.qsort (output_object_block_compare);
7742   unsigned i;
7743   FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (v, i, obj)
7744     output_object_block (obj);
7745 
7746   v.release ();
7747 }
7748 
7749 /* This function provides a possible implementation of the
7750    TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES target hook for ELF targets.  When triggered
7751    by -frecord-gcc-switches it creates a new mergeable, string section in the
7752    assembler output file called TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION which
7753    contains the switches in ASCII format.
7754 
7755    FIXME: This code does not correctly handle double quote characters
7756    that appear inside strings, (it strips them rather than preserving them).
7757    FIXME: ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII, as defined in config/elfos.h will not emit NUL
7758    characters - instead it treats them as sub-string separators.  Since
7759    we want to emit NUL strings terminators into the object file we have to use
7760    ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP.  */
7761 
7762 int
7763 elf_record_gcc_switches (print_switch_type type, const char * name)
7764 {
7765   switch (type)
7766     {
7767     case SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED:
7768       ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (asm_out_file, name, strlen (name));
7769       ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (asm_out_file, HOST_WIDE_INT_1U);
7770       break;
7771 
7772     case SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE:
7773       if (name == NULL)
7774 	{
7775 	  /* Distinguish between invocations where name is NULL.  */
7776 	  static bool started = false;
7777 
7778 	  if (!started)
7779 	    {
7780 	      section * sec;
7781 
7782 	      sec = get_section (targetm.asm_out.record_gcc_switches_section,
7783 				 SECTION_DEBUG
7784 				 | SECTION_MERGE
7785 				 | SECTION_STRINGS
7786 				 | (SECTION_ENTSIZE & 1),
7787 				 NULL);
7788 	      switch_to_section (sec);
7789 	      started = true;
7790 	    }
7791 	}
7792 
7793     default:
7794       break;
7795     }
7796 
7797   /* The return value is currently ignored by the caller, but must be 0.
7798      For -fverbose-asm the return value would be the number of characters
7799      emitted into the assembler file.  */
7800   return 0;
7801 }
7802 
7803 /* Emit text to declare externally defined symbols. It is needed to
7804    properly support non-default visibility.  */
7805 void
7806 default_elf_asm_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7807 				 tree decl,
7808 				 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7809 {
7810   /* We output the name if and only if TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED is
7811      set in order to avoid putting out names that are never really
7812      used.  Always output visibility specified in the source.  */
7813   if (TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl))
7814       && (DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl)
7815 	  || targetm.binds_local_p (decl)))
7816     maybe_assemble_visibility (decl);
7817 }
7818 
7819 /* The default hook for TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME.  */
7820 
7821 void
7822 default_asm_output_source_filename (FILE *file, const char *name)
7823 {
7824 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7825   ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, name);
7826 #else
7827   fprintf (file, "\t.file\t");
7828   output_quoted_string (file, name);
7829   putc ('\n', file);
7830 #endif
7831 }
7832 
7833 /* Output a file name in the form wanted by System V.  */
7834 
7835 void
7836 output_file_directive (FILE *asm_file, const char *input_name)
7837 {
7838   int len;
7839   const char *na;
7840 
7841   if (input_name == NULL)
7842     input_name = "<stdin>";
7843   else
7844     input_name = remap_debug_filename (input_name);
7845 
7846   len = strlen (input_name);
7847   na = input_name + len;
7848 
7849   /* NA gets INPUT_NAME sans directory names.  */
7850   while (na > input_name)
7851     {
7852       if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (na[-1]))
7853 	break;
7854       na--;
7855     }
7856 
7857   targetm.asm_out.output_source_filename (asm_file, na);
7858 }
7859 
7860 /* Create a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL / DEBUG_EXPR pair from RTL expression
7861    EXP.  */
7862 rtx
7863 make_debug_expr_from_rtl (const_rtx exp)
7864 {
7865   tree ddecl = make_node (DEBUG_EXPR_DECL), type;
7866   machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (exp);
7867   rtx dval;
7868 
7869   DECL_ARTIFICIAL (ddecl) = 1;
7870   if (REG_P (exp) && REG_EXPR (exp))
7871     type = TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (exp));
7872   else if (MEM_P (exp) && MEM_EXPR (exp))
7873     type = TREE_TYPE (MEM_EXPR (exp));
7874   else
7875     type = NULL_TREE;
7876   if (type && TYPE_MODE (type) == mode)
7877     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = type;
7878   else
7879     TREE_TYPE (ddecl) = lang_hooks.types.type_for_mode (mode, 1);
7880   SET_DECL_MODE (ddecl, mode);
7881   dval = gen_rtx_DEBUG_EXPR (mode);
7882   DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (dval) = ddecl;
7883   SET_DECL_RTL (ddecl, dval);
7884   return dval;
7885 }
7886 
7887 #ifdef ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES
7888 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_LIMITED_STRING for ELF targets.  */
7889 
7890 void
7891 default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (FILE *f, const char *s)
7892 {
7893   int escape;
7894   unsigned char c;
7895 
7896   fputs (STRING_ASM_OP, f);
7897   putc ('"', f);
7898   while (*s != '\0')
7899     {
7900       c = *s;
7901       escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7902       switch (escape)
7903 	{
7904 	case 0:
7905 	  putc (c, f);
7906 	  break;
7907 	case 1:
7908 	  putc ('\\', f);
7909 	  putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7910 	  putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7911 	  putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7912 	  break;
7913 	default:
7914 	  putc ('\\', f);
7915 	  putc (escape, f);
7916 	  break;
7917 	}
7918       s++;
7919     }
7920   putc ('\"', f);
7921   putc ('\n', f);
7922 }
7923 
7924 /* Default ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII for ELF targets.  */
7925 
7926 void
7927 default_elf_asm_output_ascii (FILE *f, const char *s, unsigned int len)
7928 {
7929   const char *limit = s + len;
7930   const char *last_null = NULL;
7931   unsigned bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7932   unsigned char c;
7933   int escape;
7934 
7935   for (; s < limit; s++)
7936     {
7937       const char *p;
7938 
7939       if (bytes_in_chunk >= 60)
7940 	{
7941 	  putc ('\"', f);
7942 	  putc ('\n', f);
7943 	  bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7944 	}
7945 
7946       if (s > last_null)
7947 	{
7948 	  for (p = s; p < limit && *p != '\0'; p++)
7949 	    continue;
7950 	  last_null = p;
7951 	}
7952       else
7953 	p = last_null;
7954 
7955       if (p < limit && (p - s) <= (long) ELF_STRING_LIMIT)
7956 	{
7957 	  if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7958 	    {
7959 	      putc ('\"', f);
7960 	      putc ('\n', f);
7961 	      bytes_in_chunk = 0;
7962 	    }
7963 
7964 	  default_elf_asm_output_limited_string (f, s);
7965 	  s = p;
7966 	}
7967       else
7968 	{
7969 	  if (bytes_in_chunk == 0)
7970 	    fputs (ASCII_DATA_ASM_OP "\"", f);
7971 
7972 	  c = *s;
7973 	  escape = ELF_ASCII_ESCAPES[c];
7974 	  switch (escape)
7975 	    {
7976 	    case 0:
7977 	      putc (c, f);
7978 	      bytes_in_chunk++;
7979 	      break;
7980 	    case 1:
7981 	      putc ('\\', f);
7982 	      putc ('0'+((c>>6)&7), f);
7983 	      putc ('0'+((c>>3)&7), f);
7984 	      putc ('0'+(c&7), f);
7985 	      bytes_in_chunk += 4;
7986 	      break;
7987 	    default:
7988 	      putc ('\\', f);
7989 	      putc (escape, f);
7990 	      bytes_in_chunk += 2;
7991 	      break;
7992 	    }
7993 
7994 	}
7995     }
7996 
7997   if (bytes_in_chunk > 0)
7998     {
7999       putc ('\"', f);
8000       putc ('\n', f);
8001     }
8002 }
8003 #endif
8004 
8005 static GTY(()) section *elf_init_array_section;
8006 static GTY(()) section *elf_fini_array_section;
8007 
8008 static section *
8009 get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (int priority,
8010 					 bool constructor_p)
8011 {
8012   section *sec;
8013   if (priority != DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY)
8014     {
8015       char buf[18];
8016       sprintf (buf, "%s.%.5u",
8017 	       constructor_p ? ".init_array" : ".fini_array",
8018 	       priority);
8019       sec = get_section (buf, SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8020     }
8021   else
8022     {
8023       if (constructor_p)
8024 	{
8025 	  if (elf_init_array_section == NULL)
8026 	    elf_init_array_section
8027 	      = get_section (".init_array",
8028 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8029 	  sec = elf_init_array_section;
8030 	}
8031       else
8032 	{
8033 	  if (elf_fini_array_section == NULL)
8034 	    elf_fini_array_section
8035 	      = get_section (".fini_array",
8036 			     SECTION_WRITE | SECTION_NOTYPE, NULL_TREE);
8037 	  sec = elf_fini_array_section;
8038 	}
8039     }
8040   return sec;
8041 }
8042 
8043 /* Use .init_array section for constructors. */
8044 
8045 void
8046 default_elf_init_array_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8047 {
8048   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8049 							  true);
8050   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8051 }
8052 
8053 /* Use .fini_array section for destructors. */
8054 
8055 void
8056 default_elf_fini_array_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol, int priority)
8057 {
8058   section *sec = get_elf_initfini_array_priority_section (priority,
8059 							  false);
8060   assemble_addr_to_section (symbol, sec);
8061 }
8062 
8063 /* Default TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT hook.
8064 
8065    This is a bit of a cheat.  The real default is a no-op, but this
8066    hook is the default for all targets with a .ident directive.  */
8067 
8068 void
8069 default_asm_output_ident_directive (const char *ident_str)
8070 {
8071   const char *ident_asm_op = "\t.ident\t";
8072 
8073   /* If we are still in the front end, do not write out the string
8074      to asm_out_file.  Instead, add a fake top-level asm statement.
8075      This allows the front ends to use this hook without actually
8076      writing to asm_out_file, to handle #ident or Pragma Ident.  */
8077   if (symtab->state == PARSING)
8078     {
8079       char *buf = ACONCAT ((ident_asm_op, "\"", ident_str, "\"\n", NULL));
8080       symtab->finalize_toplevel_asm (build_string (strlen (buf), buf));
8081     }
8082   else
8083     fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\"%s\"\n", ident_asm_op, ident_str);
8084 }
8085 
8086 
8087 /* This function ensures that vtable_map variables are not only
8088    in the comdat section, but that each variable has its own unique
8089    comdat name.  Without this the variables end up in the same section
8090    with a single comdat name.
8091 
8092    FIXME:  resolve_unique_section needs to deal better with
8093    decls with both DECL_SECTION_NAME and DECL_ONE_ONLY.  Once
8094    that is fixed, this if-else statement can be replaced with
8095    a single call to "switch_to_section (sect)".  */
8096 
8097 static void
8098 handle_vtv_comdat_section (section *sect, const_tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8099 {
8100 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
8101   targetm.asm_out.named_section (sect->named.name,
8102 				 sect->named.common.flags
8103 				 | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8104 				 DECL_NAME (decl));
8105   in_section = sect;
8106 #else
8107   /* Neither OBJECT_FORMAT_PE, nor OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF is set here.
8108      Therefore the following check is used.
8109      In case a the target is PE or COFF a comdat group section
8110      is created, e.g. .vtable_map_vars$foo. The linker places
8111      everything in .vtable_map_vars at the end.
8112 
8113      A fix could be made in
8114      gcc/config/i386/winnt.c: i386_pe_unique_section.  */
8115   if (TARGET_PECOFF)
8116     {
8117       char *name;
8118 
8119       if (TREE_CODE (DECL_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
8120 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8121 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl)), NULL));
8122       else
8123 	name = ACONCAT ((sect->named.name, "$",
8124 			 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_COMDAT_GROUP (DECL_NAME (decl))),
8125 			 NULL));
8126 
8127       targetm.asm_out.named_section (name,
8128 				     sect->named.common.flags
8129 				     | SECTION_LINKONCE,
8130 				     DECL_NAME (decl));
8131       in_section = sect;
8132     }
8133   else
8134     switch_to_section (sect);
8135 #endif
8136 }
8137 
8138 #include "gt-varasm.h"
8139